Python Wiki日本語版 pythonjawiki https://pythonja.miraheze.org/wiki/%E3%83%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%B3%E3%83%9A%E3%83%BC%E3%82%B8 MediaWiki 1.40.1 first-letter メディア 特別 トーク 利用者 利用者・トーク Python Wiki日本語版 Python Wiki日本語版・トーク ファイル ファイル・トーク MediaWiki MediaWiki・トーク テンプレート テンプレート・トーク ヘルプ ヘルプ・トーク カテゴリ カテゴリ・トーク モジュール モジュール・トーク Topic PythonWiki PythonWiki talk PEP PEP JA talk プロジェクト プロジェクト talk Code Code talk 828 83 192 2016-03-06T15:05:00Z jawikipedia>Rxy 0 「[[モジュール:Arguments]]」を保護しました: [[WP:HRT|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]: 現時点で 595,617 ページからのテンプレート読み込み ([編集=管理者のみに許可] (無期限) [移動=管理者の... Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 828 81 188 2016-03-06T17:16:23Z jawikipedia>Rxy 0 「[[モジュール:No globals]]」を保護しました: [[WP:HRT|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]: 現時点で 353587 ページからの読み込み ([編集=管理者のみに許可] (無期限) [移動=管理者のみに許可] (無... Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) 8ce3969f7d53b08bd00dabe4cc9780bc6afd412a 189 188 2023-01-02T15:23:06Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) 8ce3969f7d53b08bd00dabe4cc9780bc6afd412a 10 67 142 2017-05-13T13:52:18Z jawikipedia>Rxy 0 「[[Template:DatedAI]]」の保護レベルを変更しました: [[WP:HRT|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]] ([編集=管理者のみ許可] (無期限) [移動=管理者のみ許可] (無期限)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{talk|}}}|{{#ifexist:{{{talk}}}|議論は[[{{{talk}}}{{#if:{{{talksection|}}}|&#35;{{{talksection}}}|}}{{!}}{{#ifeq:{{{talk}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|ノート|{{{talk-alias|{{{talk}}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{talksection|}}}|の「{{{talksection}}}」節|}}]]を参照してください。|{{{pre-err|}}}{{#ifeq:{{{talk}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|{{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[{{{talk}}}{{!}}このタグはノートに議論が無いまま貼り付けられています。必要な議論をノートで行ってください。]]<span style="color:red"><small>ノートに提議したのにこのメッセージが消えない場合は、「空編集」（この記事の編集画面をもういちど開いて何も変更せず投稿）すれば表示されなくなります。「空編集」は履歴に残りません。</small></span>}}|<span style="color:red">エラー：「{{{talk}}}」というページは存在しません。<small>ページを間違いなく作成したのにこのメッセージが消えない場合は、「空編集」（この記事の編集画面をもういちど開いて何も変更せず投稿）すれば表示されなくなります。「空編集」は履歴に残りません。</small></span>}}}}|<!-- NOP（OK）：議論場所の指定なし -->}}{{#if:{{{date|}}}|{{#if:{{#ifeq:{{{onlyarticles|}}}|no|{{#ifeq:{{{date}}}|1|1|}}|}}|{{Fix/error|C|onlyarticles=no}}|{{#if:{{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}|1|}}{{#ifeq:{{{date}}}|1||1}}|（<span title="{{#ifeq:{{{date}}}|1||{{{date}}}}}">{{Checkdate|{{{date}}}|defaultdate={{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}|____年__月|エラー: タグの貼り付け日は「date=yyyy年m月」形式で記入してください。}}}}</span>）|{{Fix/error|C}}}}}}|}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}}</noinclude> aefd3e29cc1cedc8c89c1bf963673a76e0a63fac 143 142 2023-01-02T15:04:39Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{talk|}}}|{{#ifexist:{{{talk}}}|議論は[[{{{talk}}}{{#if:{{{talksection|}}}|&#35;{{{talksection}}}|}}{{!}}{{#ifeq:{{{talk}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|ノート|{{{talk-alias|{{{talk}}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{talksection|}}}|の「{{{talksection}}}」節|}}]]を参照してください。|{{{pre-err|}}}{{#ifeq:{{{talk}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|{{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[{{{talk}}}{{!}}このタグはノートに議論が無いまま貼り付けられています。必要な議論をノートで行ってください。]]<span style="color:red"><small>ノートに提議したのにこのメッセージが消えない場合は、「空編集」（この記事の編集画面をもういちど開いて何も変更せず投稿）すれば表示されなくなります。「空編集」は履歴に残りません。</small></span>}}|<span style="color:red">エラー：「{{{talk}}}」というページは存在しません。<small>ページを間違いなく作成したのにこのメッセージが消えない場合は、「空編集」（この記事の編集画面をもういちど開いて何も変更せず投稿）すれば表示されなくなります。「空編集」は履歴に残りません。</small></span>}}}}|<!-- NOP（OK）：議論場所の指定なし -->}}{{#if:{{{date|}}}|{{#if:{{#ifeq:{{{onlyarticles|}}}|no|{{#ifeq:{{{date}}}|1|1|}}|}}|{{Fix/error|C|onlyarticles=no}}|{{#if:{{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}|1|}}{{#ifeq:{{{date}}}|1||1}}|（<span title="{{#ifeq:{{{date}}}|1||{{{date}}}}}">{{Checkdate|{{{date}}}|defaultdate={{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}|____年__月|エラー: タグの貼り付け日は「date=yyyy年m月」形式で記入してください。}}}}</span>）|{{Fix/error|C}}}}}}|}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}}</noinclude> aefd3e29cc1cedc8c89c1bf963673a76e0a63fac 10 78 182 2018-03-26T08:05:27Z jawikipedia>Kurihaya 0 [[Special:Contributions/ネイ|ネイ]] ([[User talk:ネイ|会話]]) による ID:67587471 の版を[[H:RV|取り消し]]／[[WP:AN/PE]] および [[Template‐ノート:Stub#「Template:Substub」の統合提案]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{Asbox | name = Stub | category = スタブ | tempsort = * | note = [[Template:Stub|このテンプレート]]は分野別のスタブテンプレート（[[Wikipedia:スタブカテゴリ]]参照）に変更することが望まれています。 }}{{#switch: {{FULLPAGENAME}} |Wikipedia:スタブ |Wikipedia:スタブカテゴリ = [[Category:スタブ|*]] }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> e87554535b145ab1ae172f44cc7c395ba43b1630 183 182 2023-01-02T15:23:04Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki {{Asbox | name = Stub | category = スタブ | tempsort = * | note = [[Template:Stub|このテンプレート]]は分野別のスタブテンプレート（[[Wikipedia:スタブカテゴリ]]参照）に変更することが望まれています。 }}{{#switch: {{FULLPAGENAME}} |Wikipedia:スタブ |Wikipedia:スタブカテゴリ = [[Category:スタブ|*]] }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> e87554535b145ab1ae172f44cc7c395ba43b1630 828 82 190 2020-08-25T13:27:42Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 [[:en:Module:Yesno]] oldid=948473803 より更新 Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc 191 190 2023-01-02T15:23:06Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc 828 84 194 2020-09-02T16:00:23Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 [[:en:Module:Message box/configuration]] oldid=948472514 より Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {--[['metadata',]] 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = '記事', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = '記事メッセージボックス', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'パラメータ指定の無い記事メッセージボックス', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'} }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'ファイルメッセージボックス' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageEmptyCellStyle = true, templateCategory = 'ノートページメッセージボックス' } } eff893e58c9a2ae66bde3ff37d4b8c9a2ae9e079 828 80 186 2020-09-13T14:38:01Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 スペース除去 Scribunto text/plain -- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including -- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}. -- Load necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst. local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() -- Define constants local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|ノート]])', talkLink) else talkText = '関連議論は' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s[[%s|%s]]に存在するかもしれません。', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s[[%s#%s|ノートページ]]に存在するかもしれません。', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('Y年F') end if date then self.date = string.format("<small class='date-container'>（<span class='date'>%s</span>）</small>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then self.imageEmptyCellStyle = 'border:none;padding:0px;width:1px' end -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = '/' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s%s%s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, '貼り付け日が正しくないテンプレートのある記事') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'パラメータの修正が必要なメッセージボックス', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', '正しく置き換えられていないテンプレートがあるページ') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'テンプレート<code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code>が正しく置き換えられませんでした。', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') :cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle or nil) end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('small') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :css('text-align', 'center') :wikitext(string.format( 'このメッセージボックスには無効な"type=%s"というパラメータが指定されているため修正が必要です。', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) b94c271f7f2e1bd52c28912ff3d770fbe17370c5 187 186 2023-01-02T15:23:05Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain -- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including -- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}. -- Load necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst. local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() -- Define constants local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|ノート]])', talkLink) else talkText = '関連議論は' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s[[%s|%s]]に存在するかもしれません。', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s[[%s#%s|ノートページ]]に存在するかもしれません。', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('Y年F') end if date then self.date = string.format("<small class='date-container'>（<span class='date'>%s</span>）</small>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then self.imageEmptyCellStyle = 'border:none;padding:0px;width:1px' end -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = '/' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s%s%s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, '貼り付け日が正しくないテンプレートのある記事') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'パラメータの修正が必要なメッセージボックス', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', '正しく置き換えられていないテンプレートがあるページ') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'テンプレート<code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code>が正しく置き換えられませんでした。', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') :cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle or nil) end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('small') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :css('text-align', 'center') :wikitext(string.format( 'このメッセージボックスには無効な"type=%s"というパラメータが指定されているため修正が必要です。', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) b94c271f7f2e1bd52c28912ff3d770fbe17370c5 10 66 140 2021-04-09T09:36:19Z jawikipedia>えのきだたもつ 0 「[[Template:Mbox]]」の保護レベルを変更しました: [[Wikipedia:保護依頼]]による: [[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護]]「[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]」 ([編集=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限) [移動=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> c262e205f85f774a23f74119179ceea11751d68e 141 140 2023-01-02T15:04:38Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> c262e205f85f774a23f74119179ceea11751d68e 828 96 218 2021-05-21T18:53:53Z jawikipedia>えのきだたもつ 0 「[[モジュール:Documentation/styles.css]]」の保護レベルを変更しました: [[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護]]「[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]」に基づき無期限拡張半保護 ([編集=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限) [移動=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限)) sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #ecfcf4; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } /* [[カテゴリ:テンプレートスタイル]] */ fea08746bcb1ff7d911742aad831da11f8e886da 828 95 216 2021-05-21T18:53:54Z jawikipedia>えのきだたもつ 0 「[[モジュール:Documentation/config]]」の保護レベルを変更しました: [[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護]]「[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]」に基づき無期限拡張半保護 ([編集=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限) [移動=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限)) Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|テンプレート・サンドボックス]]ページ' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|モジュール・サンドボックス]]ページ' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'サンドボックス・ページ' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'これは$2の$1です。' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'これは$2 ($3)の$1です。' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = '差分' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = '対応する$1・サブページもご確認ください。' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'テストケース' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = '対応する$1・サブページ ($2) もご確認ください。' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = '実行' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'テンプレート・サンドボックス' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'テンプレートの解説' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'モジュールの解説' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = '要約' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = '解説' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = '表示' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = '編集' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = '履歴' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'キャッシュを破棄' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = '作成' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'この[[Help:テンプレートの説明文|解説]]は、$1から[[Help:テンプレート#テンプレートとは|呼び出されて]]います。' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'この[[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribuntoモジュール]]の解説ページを$1することができます。' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "編集者は、このテンプレートを$1と$2で試すことができます。（[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|解説]]）" cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "編集者は、このモジュールを$1と$2で試すことができます。（[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|解説]]）" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'サンドボックス' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = '編集' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = '作成' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = '差分' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = '$1のサンドボックスバージョンを作成' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = '複製' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'テストケース' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = '編集' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = '作動' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = '作成' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = '$1のサブページにカテゴリを追加してください。' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'この$1のサブページ一覧。' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'テンプレート' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'モジュール' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'ページ' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with -- a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = '$1にこのテンプレートは[[:en:Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|印刷用バージョンがあります]]。' .. 'もしこのテンプレートを更新した時は、印刷用バージョンも更新してください。' -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = '' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = '((documentation))の異常な使用があるページ' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 3093010f18cd91593aecbda3f2cd842d19db7204 10 68 162 2021-05-21T18:54:03Z jawikipedia>えのきだたもつ 0 「[[Template:Documentation]]」の保護レベルを変更しました: [[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護]]「[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]」に基づき無期限拡張半保護 ([編集=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限) [移動=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}<noinclude> <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 913c721b3fb5da9e7d6bc410eb2ce87c99df6b03 163 162 2023-01-02T15:04:41Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}<noinclude> <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 913c721b3fb5da9e7d6bc410eb2ce87c99df6b03 10 92 210 2021-06-08T04:45:27Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 「[[Template:Documentation subpage]]」の保護レベルを変更しました: [[WP:HRT|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]: システムメッセージ（[[MediaWiki:Scribunto-doc-page-header]]）で使用 ([編集=管理者のみ許可] (無期限) [移動=管理者のみ許可] (無期限)) wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} | {{{override|doc}}} | <!-- doc page --> </includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{{doc-notice|show}}} | show | <!-- doc-notice show -->{{Ombox | type = notice | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px]] | text = '''これは{{{1|[[{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}の[[Help:テンプレートの説明文|解説]][[Help:サブページ|サブページ]]です。'''<br />使用方法、[[Help:カテゴリ|カテゴリ]]、およびその他{{{種類|{{ #if: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{SUBJECTSPACE ja}}ページ|記事}}}}}自体に含まれない情報を収容しています。 }} | <!-- doc-notice hide --> }}<includeonly> |<!-- not doc --> }}</includeonly><includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | {{ #ifeq: {{NAMESPACE}} | {{ns:10}} | [[Category:テンプレート文書|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }}</includeonly></onlyinclude> {{Documentation}} 89540d8504640ca8921525ee47f5b8b2c093e737 828 79 184 2021-06-25T04:22:11Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 [[:en:Module:String]] oldid=970815276 より更新 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:モジュールStringのエラー]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'モジュールStringのエラー' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">モジュールStringのエラー: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str e8c19fe00abea312d12f4cedce55de799764d7fc 185 184 2023-01-02T15:23:05Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:モジュールStringのエラー]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'モジュールStringのエラー' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">モジュールStringのエラー: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str e8c19fe00abea312d12f4cedce55de799764d7fc 828 88 202 2021-08-30T08:12:49Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 エラーメッセージの日本語訳 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "'_main'関数における'%s'引数のタイプエラー（想定：文字列、実際：%s）", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("[[Template:File link]]のエラー: 'file'引数が未入力です", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p fadb7b1349eacd06b7ce6be9d990375fab67cfb0 828 91 208 2021-10-03T14:22:13Z jawikipedia>Marine-Blue 0 画像を差し替え Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = '${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されたページ' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { --blp = { -- description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' -- .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', -- text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' -- .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" -- .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', -- tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' -- .. ' biographies of living persons', --}, dmca = { description = '[[デジタルミレニアム著作権法]]に基づく削除要求があったため、' .. '保護されたページ', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'この${PAGETYPE}の内容に関して、[[デジタルミレニアム著作権法]]' .. '(DMCA)に基づく権利所有者への通知があったため、' .. 'ウィキメディア財団は問題となった個所を削除した上で、' .. 'このページの編集を制限しました。' if args.notice then ret = ret .. '財団が受理した通知のコピーは ' .. args.notice .. ' にあります。' end ret = ret .. '異議申し立て方法など詳細な情報については' .. '[[Wikipedia:事務局行動]]および${TALKPAGE}をご覧ください。<br />' .. "'''編集制限が解除されるまで、" .. "このお知らせを除去しないでください。'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg', }, dispute = { description = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦|編集合戦]]により保護されたページ', text = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦|編集合戦]]が発生したため、${INTROBLURB}', explanation = "${CURRENTVERSION}の内容が'''適切とは限りません'''。" .. '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '問題となった個所について意見がある場合は、' .. '${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。' .. '[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意が形成]]され、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', tooltip = '編集合戦が発生したため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}', }, --ecp = { -- description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' -- .. ' meets the criteria for community use', -- tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is extended-confirmed protected', -- alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', --}, --mainpage = { -- description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', -- text = 'This file is currently' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' -- .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' -- .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', -- explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' -- .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' -- .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' -- .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," -- .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' -- .. ' as appropriate.</span>', --}, office = { description = '[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|事務局行動]]により保護されたページ', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '現在この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|' .. 'ウィキメディア財団事務局]]の監視下にあり、' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. '${PROTECTIONDATE}以降、' end return ret .. '保護されています。' end, explanation = "もしあなたがこのページを編集できたとしても、加筆・修正を行う前に" .. "${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。<br />" .. "'''ウィキメディア財団の許可があるまで、このページの保護を" .. "解除しないでください。'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg', }, permanent = { description = '半永久的に保護されているページ', text = function (protectionObj, args) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return 'この${PAGETYPE}は、半永久的に編集[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています。' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'この${PAGETYPE}は、[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の編集を半永久的に[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています。' else return 'この${PAGETYPE}は、[[Wikipedia:利用者#新規利用者|新規利用者]]' .. 'および[[Wikipedia:利用者#IP利用者|未登録利用者]]からの編集を' .. '半永久的に[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています。' end end, explanation = function (protectionObj, args) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#半永久的な拡張半保護|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]をしてください。' else return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半永久的な半保護|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。' end end, tooltip = '半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}', alt = '半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}', image = function (protectionObj) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Protection.svg' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Extended Semi-protection.svg' else return 'Edit Semi-permanent Semi-protection.svg' end end, }, reset = { description = '[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|事務局行動]]により、内容が' .. '縮小された上で保護されたページ', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '現在この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|' .. 'ウィキメディア財団事務局]]の監視下にあり、' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. '${PROTECTIONDATE}以降、' end return ret .. '保護されています。' end, explanation = 'この${PAGETYPE}には最小限の内容しかないため、' .. '[[WP:NPOV|中立的な観点]]や[[WP:V|検証可能性]]といった方針に' .. '適合する形で、全面的に改稿されることが望まれています。' .. "もしあなたがこのページを編集できたとしても、加筆・修正を行う前に" .. "${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。<br />" .. 'この${PAGETYPE}が保護される以前の版に書かれていた内容は' .. '復帰させないでください。' .. 'ノートページで議論を行う際も同様です。<br />' .. "'''ウィキメディア財団の許可があるまで、このページの保護を" .. "解除したり、このお知らせを除去しないでください。'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg', }, --sock = { -- description = 'For pages protected due to' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', -- text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' -- .. ' from editing it.', -- tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' -- .. ' editing it', --}, template = { description = '[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|' .. '影響が特に大きいテンプレート・モジュール]]', text = 'この[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|' .. '影響が特に大きい${PAGETYPE}]]は、[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]を予防するために' .. '${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#半永久的な拡張半保護|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]をしてください。' else return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半永久的な半保護|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。' end end, tooltip = 'この影響が特に大きい${PAGETYPE}は、' .. '荒らしを予防するために${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', alt = '半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}', image = function (protectionObj) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Protection.svg' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Extended Semi-protection.svg' else return 'Edit Semi-permanent Semi-protection.svg' end end, }, --usertalk = { -- description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' -- .. ' particular user', -- text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' -- .. ' such as abusing the' -- .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', -- explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' -- .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' -- .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' -- .. '|request an edit]],' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' -- .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' -- .. '|request unprotection]],' -- .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' -- .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', --}, vandalism = { description = '[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]行為により保護されたページ', text = '度重なる[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]行為のため、${INTROBLURB}', tooltip = '度重なる荒らし行為のため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}' } }, move = { dispute = { description = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦#移動合戦|移動合戦]]により保護されたページ', text = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦#移動合戦|移動合戦]]が発生したため、${INTROFRAGMENT}', explanation = "${CURRENTVERSION}が'''適切とは限りません'''。" .. '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'ページ名について意見がある場合は${TALKPAGE}で議論し、' .. '必要に応じて[[Wikipedia:ページの改名]]に従い、' .. '[[Wikipedia:改名提案|改名の提案]]をしてください。' .. '[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意が形成]]され、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', tooltip = '移動合戦が発生したため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}', }, vandalism = { description = '[[Wikipedia:荒らし#移動荒らし|移動荒らし]]行為により保護されたページ', text = '度重なる[[Wikipedia:荒らし#移動荒らし|移動荒らし]]行為のため、${INTROFRAGMENT}', tooltip = '度重なる移動荒らし行為のため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'この${PAGETYPE}は編集[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています', autoconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#新規利用者|新規利用者]]' .. 'および[[Wikipedia:利用者#IP利用者|未登録利用者]]からの編集を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', extendedconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の編集を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', }, move = { default = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Help:ページの移動|移動]][[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています', extendedconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の[[Help:ページの移動|移動]]を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:ファイルのアップロード|アップロード]]' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています', extendedconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の[[Wikipedia:ファイルのアップロード|アップロード]]を' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}' .. 'にて<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。' .. '半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', }, extendedconfirmed = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}' .. 'にて<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]を' .. 'してください。拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' }, default = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' } }, move = { extendedconfirmed = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'ページを移動できない場合は、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|移動を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]を' .. 'してください。移動拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '移動拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' }, default = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '移動が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、' .. '[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:移動依頼|移動依頼]]で依頼してください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、移動保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、移動保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = '詳しくは${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '編集保護されていない場合は、' .. 'ファイルの説明を編集することができます。' .. 'アップロード保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|アップロード保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = '保護', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = '拡張半保護', autoconfirmed = '半保護', }, move = { default = '移動保護', extendedconfirmed = '移動拡張半保護' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'アップロード保護', extendedconfirmed = 'アップロード拡張半保護' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Edit Protection.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Edit Extended Semi-protection.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Edit Semi-protection.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Move Extended Semi-protection.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload Protection.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Upload Extended Semi-protection.svg', } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:保護の方針', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:半保護の方針' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:保護の方針', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = '' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { move = 'pp-move', autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', upload = 'pp-upload', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = '編集保護中のページ', --['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', --['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', --['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|permanent|all|all'] = '保護運用中のページ', --['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected main page files', --['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = '編集拡張半保護中のページ', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = '編集拡張半保護中のページ', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = '編集半保護中のページ', --['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', --['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', --['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', --['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', --['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', --['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', --['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', --['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', --['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', --['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', --['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = '編集保護中のテンプレート', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = '編集半保護中のテンプレート', --['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', --['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', --['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', --['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', --['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', --['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', --['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', --['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', --['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected files', --['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected project pages', --['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected talk pages', --['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|sysop|edit'] = '編集保護中のモジュール', --['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = '編集半保護中のモジュール', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = '移動保護中のページ', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|move'] = '移動拡張半保護中のページ', --['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', --['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', --['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', --['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', --['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', --['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', --['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = '移動保護中のテンプレート', --['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', --['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'アップロード保護中のファイル', ['all|file|all|extendedconfirmed|upload']= 'アップロード拡張半保護中のファイル', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { -- [0] = '記事', [6] = 'ファイル', [10] = 'テンプレート', [14] = 'カテゴリ', [828] = 'モジュール', [1] = 'ノートページ', [3] = '会話ページ', [5] = 'ノートページ', [7] = 'ノートページ', [9] = 'ノートページ', [11] = 'ノートページ', [13] = 'ノートページ', [15] = 'ノートページ', [101] = 'ノートページ', [103] = 'ノートページ', [829] = 'ノートページ', [2301] = 'ノートページ', [2303] = 'ノートページ', default = 'ページ' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, eliminator = {'sysop'}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'eliminator', 'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:保護運用'] = {'permanent', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}（${EXPIRY}まで）。', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}。', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}（${EXPIRY}まで）。', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}。', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${EXPIRY}まで${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${EXPIRY}まで${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されており、', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されており、', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = '保護記録', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = '現在のページ名', ['current-version-edit-display'] = '現行版', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'ノートページ', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'Y年Fj日" ("D") "H:i" ("e")"', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = '不適切な保護テンプレートのあるページ', ['tracking-category-mismatch'] = '保護理由と保護レベルが合致していないページ', -- 日本語版独自 ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Edit Protection.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } d41b2a922176ff7bd4a5ed1b50ebde1185081c95 828 87 200 2021-10-03T14:25:19Z jawikipedia>Marine-Blue 0 [[Special:PermaLink/85837898|サンドボックス]]を反映、[[Special:PermaLink/85843171#モジュール:Protection banner（ノート / 履歴 / ログ / リンク元）|WP:AN/PE]]による Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'モジュール:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Exit if the page is not protected. if not self:isProtected() then return '' end -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:isProtected() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end -- 日本語版独自 function Protection:isMismatched() return self.reason == 'dispute' and self.level ~= 'sysop' end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() } if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) elseif self:isMismatched() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-mismatch'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{ self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then -- 日本語版独自の条件分岐 if type(imageFilename) == 'string' then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename elseif type(imageFilename) == 'function' then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename(protectionObj) end else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageSize or 'x20') .. 'px', -- 日本語版独自の変更 alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageSize = 40 -- 日本語版独自の変更: フィールド名 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageSize = 'x20' -- 日本語版独自の変更: フィールド名、高さのみ指定 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)] then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:isProtected() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p 0bc00f33e20db0ac440ccf337464f7ab9523c0f9 828 89 204 2021-10-20T11:26:00Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 「[[モジュール:Effective protection level]]」を保護しました: [[WP:HRT|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]: 使用数9,300 ([編集=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限) [移動=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限)) Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( '第1引数にはedit、move、create、upload、undelete、autoreviewのどれかを指定してください', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'eliminator' -- 英語版では'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'eliminator' -- 英語版では'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'sysop' -- 英語版では'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' -- 英語版とは異なり、日本語版では現在のところIPユーザーでも記事等を作成可能なので、以下はコメントアウト -- elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts -- return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 366a310b678c4d083a5cec695cdc85050a07fb04 828 90 206 2021-10-20T11:26:06Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 「[[モジュール:Effective protection expiry]]」を保護しました: [[WP:HRT|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]: 使用数9,300 ([編集=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限) [移動=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限)) Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( '第1引数にはedit、move、create、upload、autoreviewのどれかを指定してください', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('[[モジュール:Effective protection expiry]]のエラー; 有効期限のタイムスタンプの書式が不正です') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p bd6d5cdf7fc2a720603bcbc952773bb41197c42b 10 93 212 2021-10-20T11:33:13Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 「[[Template:Sandbox other]]」を保護しました: [[WP:HRT|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]: 使用数6,600 ([編集=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限) [移動=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 5e237028231c8eddac6dd278289ec8de1b654916 828 94 214 2021-10-28T10:33:02Z jawikipedia>本日晴天 0 コメントを修正 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('メッセージ: cfg.' .. cfgKey .. 'の入力エラー。（想定：' .. expectType .. '、実際：' .. type(msg) .. '）', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('メッセージ: メッセージ設定で$' .. match .. 'キーの値が見つかりませんでした。' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return '<span class="' .. message('toolbar-class') .. '">(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</span>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] -- 日本語版独自仕様: 編集保護と移動保護で保護レベルが異なる場合に、両方のアイコンを表示する local ret = '' if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. ret = ret .. require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } end if moveProt and moveProt ~= editProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected. ret = ret .. require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display') data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display') data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display') data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display') -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%]', '&#93;') return s end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end local box = mw.html.create('div') box:attr('role', 'note') -- 'documentation-metadata' :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p d6028d23a1bb7cedd0ce7f776655dc03805e5059 10 85 196 2021-11-08T04:39:55Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 TemplateStyles使用 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Asbox/styles.css" /><table class="metadata asbox plainlinks noprint" role="presentation"><tr class="noresize"> <td>{{ #if:{{{icon|}}}{{{image|}}} | {{#if:{{{icon|}}} | {{{icon}}} | {{#if:{{{image2|}}}|{{Image array|width={{{pix|30}}}|height={{{pix|30}}}|perrow=2|image1={{{image}}}|alt1=執筆の途中です|image2={{{image2}}}|alt2=執筆の途中です}}|[[File:{{{image}}}|{{#if:{{{pix|}}}|{{{pix}}}|40x30}}px|執筆の途中です]]}} }} | [[File:Stubico.svg|執筆の途中です]] }}</td> <td class="asbox-body">この項目は、{{#ifeq:{{{type|}}}|substub|まだ閲覧者の調べものの参照としては役立たない{{#if:{{{qualifier|}}}{{{article|}}}{{{subject|}}}|、}}}}{{#if:{{{qualifier|}}}|{{{qualifier}}}の}}{{#if:{{{article|}}}|{{{article}}}|{{#if:{{{subject|}}}|{{{subject}}}に関連した}}}}'''[[Wikipedia:スタブ|書きかけの項目]]'''です。[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=edit}} この項目を加筆・訂正]などしてくださる[[:Category:{{{category}}}|協力者を求めています]]{{#if:{{{related|}}}|（{{{related}}}）}}。{{#if:{{{note|}}}|<br /><span class="asbox-note">{{{note}}}</span>}}</td> </tr></table><includeonly><!-- *** Stub article category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template category - sorted by " tempsort". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category}}}| {{{tempsort|}}}]]|}}<!-- *** Is there a second stub category? *** -->{{#if:{{{category1|}}}|<!-- *** Stub article second category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category1}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template second category - sorted by " tempsort1". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category1}}}| {{{tempsort1|}}}]]|}}<!-- -->}}<!-- *** Is there a third stub category? *** -->{{#if:{{{category2|}}}|<!-- *** Stub article third category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category2}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template third category - sorted by " tempsort2". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category2}}}| {{{tempsort2|}}}]]|}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|{{#ifeq:{{{type|}}}|substub|[[Category:サブスタブテンプレート]]|[[Category:スタブテンプレート]]}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> f6887de5c1adcb59403050536d01e66a717387f4 10 86 198 2021-11-08T04:40:35Z jawikipedia>ネイ 0 「[[Template:Asbox/styles.css]]」を保護しました: [[WP:HRT|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]]: 使用数54万 ([編集=管理者のみ許可] (無期限) [移動=管理者のみ許可] (無期限)) sanitized-css text/css .asbox { position: relative; overflow: hidden; } .asbox table { background: transparent; } .asbox p { margin: 0; } .asbox p + p { margin-top: 0.25em; } .asbox { font-size: 90%; } .asbox-note { font-size: 90%; } .asbox .navbar { position: absolute; top: -0.75em; right: 1em; display: none; } /* [[Category:テンプレートスタイル]] */ 312c51e89b5a1669fe3174e993ae36ff9cbfd0f0 10 69 170 2021-11-12T20:09:29Z jawikipedia>えのきだたもつ 0 「[[Template:Tlf]]」の保護設定を変更しました: [[WP:HRT|影響が特に大きいテンプレート]] ([編集=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限) [移動=拡張承認された利用者と管理者に許可] (無期限)) wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="white-space:nowrap;">&#123;&#123;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}| tlf&#124;...}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{2|x}}}|{{{2|}}}| &#124;{{{2}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{3|x}}}|{{{3|}}}| &#124;{{{3}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{4|x}}}|{{{4|}}}| &#124;{{{4}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{5|x}}}|{{{5|}}}| &#124;{{{5}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{6|x}}}|{{{6|}}}| &#124;{{{6}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{7|x}}}|{{{7|}}}| &#124;{{{7}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{8|x}}}|{{{8|}}}| &#124;{{{8}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{9|x}}}|{{{9|}}}| &#124;{{{9}}} | }}<!-- -->&#125;&#125;</span><noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Tlc/doc}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 3793186427b0c309bab5e3ccdf3888ee7c5335b8 171 170 2023-01-02T15:04:42Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="white-space:nowrap;">&#123;&#123;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}| tlf&#124;...}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{2|x}}}|{{{2|}}}| &#124;{{{2}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{3|x}}}|{{{3|}}}| &#124;{{{3}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{4|x}}}|{{{4|}}}| &#124;{{{4}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{5|x}}}|{{{5|}}}| &#124;{{{5}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{6|x}}}|{{{6|}}}| &#124;{{{6}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{7|x}}}|{{{7|}}}| &#124;{{{7}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{8|x}}}|{{{8|}}}| &#124;{{{8}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{9|x}}}|{{{9|}}}| &#124;{{{9}}} | }}<!-- -->&#125;&#125;</span><noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Tlc/doc}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 3793186427b0c309bab5e3ccdf3888ee7c5335b8 10 65 138 2021-11-22T07:19:43Z jawikipedia>TKsdik8900 0 引数1に「議論」を指定した場合に表示されるアイコンをSVG画像へ変更 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{Mbox | type = notice | image = [[ファイル:{{{image|{{#switch:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}|質問|疑問=Ambox blue question.svg|相談|議論=Decision making.svg|提案|問題提起|意見=Nuvola apps edu languages.svg|確認=Nuvola apps korganizer.svg|注意=Nuvola apps important yellow.svg|#default=Stock_volume.svg}}}}}|{{{image-size|40px}}}|{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}]] | text = {{#if:{{{3|}}}|<!--3があったら-->[[{{{3}}}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|&#35;{{{4}}}|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|&#35;{{{section}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{page-name|}}}|{{!}}{{{page-name}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{3}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|{{!}}このページの{{ns:1}}<!-- ページ -->|{{!}}{{{3}}}<!--ifeq 3 閉-->}}<!--if page-name 閉-->}}]]|<!--3がなくpageがあったら-->{{#if:{{{page|}}}|[[{{{page}}}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|&#35;{{{4}}}|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|&#35;{{{section}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{page-name|}}}|{{!}}{{{page-name}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|{{!}}このページの{{ns:1}}<!-- ページ -->|{{!}}{{{page}}}<!--ifeq page 閉-->}}<!--if page-name 閉-->}}]]|<!--3もpageもない-->[[{{TALKPAGENAME}}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|&#35;{{{4}}}|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|&#35;{{{section}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{page-name|}}}|{{!}}{{{page-name}}}|{{!}}このページの{{ns:1}}<!-- ページ -->}}]]<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}に、{{{situation|このページ}}}に関する'''{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}'''があります。<small>{{DatedAI|date={{{date|}}}}}</small>{{#if:{{{2|}}}|<!--2があったら--><br />{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}の要約：{{{2}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-summary|}}}|<!--2がなくsummaryがあったら--><br />{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}の要約：{{{notice-summary}}}<!--if summary閉-->}}<!--if 2閉-->}}{{#ifexist:{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{3}}}|{{#if:{{{page|}}}|{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}|<!--ifexist ページ有-->|<!--ifexist ページ無--><br /><small>注：指定したページ&nbsp;&#34;<span style="color: #cc2200"><strong>{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{3}}}|{{#if:{{{page|}}}|{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}</strong></span>&#34;&nbsp;は存在しません。正しいページを指定してください。</small><!--ifexist 閉-->}}<!--ambox閉-->}}<!--以降カテゴライズ機能 -->{{#ifexist:{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{3}}}|{{#if:{{{page|}}}|{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}|<!--以下ifexist 有-->{{#switch:{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Template メッセージの一覧=|<!--以上のBASE以外であり-->#default={{#switch:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Template:告知|Template:告知/doc=|<!-- 以上のFULL以外だったら-->#default={{#switch:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}|質問|疑問|相談=[[Category:質問があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|提案=[[Category:提案があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|議論|意見|問題提起=[[Category:議論が行われているページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|確認|注意=[[Category:確認・注意事項があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|#default=[[Category:告知事項があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]<!--switch 1 or type 閉-->}}<!--switch FULL閉-->}}<!--switch BASE閉-->}}|<!--ifexist 無--><!--ifexist 3 or page 閉-->}}</includeonly><noinclude> <p style="text-align: center">'''このテンプレートの見本は[[#使い方と例]]を参照してください。'''</p> {{Documentation}} <!-- カテゴリと言語間リンクはここではなく、/doc サブページに追加してください --></noinclude> 489ca0f71ff86443c624972b1d0345672e73f040 139 138 2023-01-02T15:04:38Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{Mbox | type = notice | image = [[ファイル:{{{image|{{#switch:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}|質問|疑問=Ambox blue question.svg|相談|議論=Decision making.svg|提案|問題提起|意見=Nuvola apps edu languages.svg|確認=Nuvola apps korganizer.svg|注意=Nuvola apps important yellow.svg|#default=Stock_volume.svg}}}}}|{{{image-size|40px}}}|{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}]] | text = {{#if:{{{3|}}}|<!--3があったら-->[[{{{3}}}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|&#35;{{{4}}}|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|&#35;{{{section}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{page-name|}}}|{{!}}{{{page-name}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{3}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|{{!}}このページの{{ns:1}}<!-- ページ -->|{{!}}{{{3}}}<!--ifeq 3 閉-->}}<!--if page-name 閉-->}}]]|<!--3がなくpageがあったら-->{{#if:{{{page|}}}|[[{{{page}}}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|&#35;{{{4}}}|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|&#35;{{{section}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{page-name|}}}|{{!}}{{{page-name}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|{{!}}このページの{{ns:1}}<!-- ページ -->|{{!}}{{{page}}}<!--ifeq page 閉-->}}<!--if page-name 閉-->}}]]|<!--3もpageもない-->[[{{TALKPAGENAME}}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|&#35;{{{4}}}|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|&#35;{{{section}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{page-name|}}}|{{!}}{{{page-name}}}|{{!}}このページの{{ns:1}}<!-- ページ -->}}]]<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}に、{{{situation|このページ}}}に関する'''{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}'''があります。<small>{{DatedAI|date={{{date|}}}}}</small>{{#if:{{{2|}}}|<!--2があったら--><br />{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}の要約：{{{2}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-summary|}}}|<!--2がなくsummaryがあったら--><br />{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}の要約：{{{notice-summary}}}<!--if summary閉-->}}<!--if 2閉-->}}{{#ifexist:{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{3}}}|{{#if:{{{page|}}}|{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}|<!--ifexist ページ有-->|<!--ifexist ページ無--><br /><small>注：指定したページ&nbsp;&#34;<span style="color: #cc2200"><strong>{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{3}}}|{{#if:{{{page|}}}|{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}</strong></span>&#34;&nbsp;は存在しません。正しいページを指定してください。</small><!--ifexist 閉-->}}<!--ambox閉-->}}<!--以降カテゴライズ機能 -->{{#ifexist:{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{3}}}|{{#if:{{{page|}}}|{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}|<!--以下ifexist 有-->{{#switch:{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Template メッセージの一覧=|<!--以上のBASE以外であり-->#default={{#switch:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Template:告知|Template:告知/doc=|<!-- 以上のFULL以外だったら-->#default={{#switch:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}|質問|疑問|相談=[[Category:質問があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|提案=[[Category:提案があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|議論|意見|問題提起=[[Category:議論が行われているページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|確認|注意=[[Category:確認・注意事項があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|#default=[[Category:告知事項があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]<!--switch 1 or type 閉-->}}<!--switch FULL閉-->}}<!--switch BASE閉-->}}|<!--ifexist 無--><!--ifexist 3 or page 閉-->}}</includeonly><noinclude> <p style="text-align: center">'''このテンプレートの見本は[[#使い方と例]]を参照してください。'''</p> {{Documentation}} <!-- カテゴリと言語間リンクはここではなく、/doc サブページに追加してください --></noinclude> 489ca0f71ff86443c624972b1d0345672e73f040 10 97 220 2022-03-11T10:28:15Z jawikipedia>宮古バイパス 0 先ほどの告知の修正です。 wikitext text/x-wiki {{告知|提案|[[Template:Stub/doc]]の冒頭部の変更}} {{Documentation subpage|種類=[[Help:テンプレート|テンプレート]]}} 書きかけの記事に使用します。本来は、[[Wikipedia:スタブカテゴリ|それぞれの記事に適応したスタブテンプレート]]があるため、このテンプレートの使用は推奨されません。また、内容が特に少なく、調べものとして役立たない記事には、[[Template:Substub]]の使用も検討してください。 __TOC__ == 使い方 == {{tlf|stub}}と入力します。 表示例 {{stub}} == 引数 == このテンプレートに引数はありません。 == カテゴリ == このテンプレートが貼り付けられたページは[[:Category:スタブ]]に収められます。 == 関連項目 == * [[Wikipedia:スタブ]] * [[Wikipedia:スタブカテゴリ]] * [[template:節stub]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- カテゴリは以下に追加してください --> [[Category:スタブテンプレート|*]] }}</includeonly> 4885ffa69747abe92f03ede19590c599c62a9237 2 1 1 2022-12-30T14:16:31Z Buehl106 2 ページの作成:「ビュールです。Metaで権限を持っているのでお役に立てることがあるかも。 ~~~~」 wikitext text/x-wiki ビュールです。Metaで権限を持っているのでお役に立てることがあるかも。 [[利用者:Buel|Buel]] ([[利用者・トーク:Buel|トーク]]) 2022年12月30日 (金) 23:16 (JST) c91912ca66afa8516c068a8122913030bf043bcf 0 2 2 2022-12-31T12:10:54Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「==PythonWiki 日本語版へようこそ== PythonWiki日本語版へようこそ！このwikiでは[[Pythonとは|Python]]に関して日本語で解説しています。 編集者は[[PythonWiki:はじめに|こちら]]をご覧ください。」 wikitext text/x-wiki ==PythonWiki 日本語版へようこそ== PythonWiki日本語版へようこそ！このwikiでは[[Pythonとは|Python]]に関して日本語で解説しています。 編集者は[[PythonWiki:はじめに|こちら]]をご覧ください。 c04dc576e68f0596d844525b76a5236dd477c32b 4 2 2023-01-01T12:10:19Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==重要なお知らせ== このWikiは現在管理者が対応不可なため非公開にしています。 2月中旬までの予定です。再公開までしばらくお待ちください。 ==PythonWiki 日本語版へようこそ== PythonWiki日本語版へようこそ！このwikiでは[[Pythonとは|Python]]に関して日本語で解説しています。 編集者は[[PythonWiki:はじめに|こちら]]をご覧ください。 8c99a53962320d5b5b1137dd051368d28fe42c4c 3000 3 3 2022-12-31T13:47:58Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「=編集者向け：ようこそ！= PythonWiki日本語版に貢献してくださりありがとうございます。このWikiにはいくつかの基本方針がありますので、まずそちらを読むことを推奨します。(なお現在方針の一部は策定中です。策定されていない方針には拘束力はありませんので無視して構いません。) * [[PythonWiki:基本方針]] * [[PythonWiki:投稿ブロックの方針]] * Pyth…」 wikitext text/x-wiki =編集者向け：ようこそ！= PythonWiki日本語版に貢献してくださりありがとうございます。このWikiにはいくつかの基本方針がありますので、まずそちらを読むことを推奨します。(なお現在方針の一部は策定中です。策定されていない方針には拘束力はありませんので無視して構いません。) * [[PythonWiki:基本方針]] * [[PythonWiki:投稿ブロックの方針]] * [[PythonWiki:記事作成の基準]] ==編集の仕方== 編集が初めてですか?以下の記事を参考にして記事を作成してみてください。 * [[PythonWiki:記事の作成方法]] * [[PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法]] ** [[PythonWiki:PEP記事で使用できるテンプレート]] ** [[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]] * [[PythonWiki:記事の編集方法]] e44351c55b5e97ba189d6d72fccb2803371d8907 5 3 2023-01-02T12:46:32Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki =編集者向け：ようこそ！= PythonWiki日本語版に貢献してくださりありがとうございます。このWikiにはいくつかの基本方針がありますので、まずそちらを読むことを推奨します。(なお現在方針の一部は策定中です。策定されていない方針には拘束力はありませんので無視して構いません。) * [[PythonWiki:基本方針]] * [[PythonWiki:投稿ブロックの方針]] * [[PythonWiki:記事作成の基準]] ==編集の仕方== 編集が初めてですか?以下の記事を参考にして記事を作成してみてください。 * [[PythonWiki:記事の作成方法]] * [[PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法]] ** [[PythonWiki:PEP記事で使用できるテンプレート]] ** [[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]] * [[PythonWiki:記事の編集方法]] * [[PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧]] a80a0adec61ca4cd67983953b2cd82f0773c411a 3000 4 6 2023-01-02T12:52:39Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「ここではPythonWikiにおいて作成されるべきだがまだ存在しない項目の一覧が掲載されています。作成したい記事のリンクを押して作成してください。なおこのリストは手動で管理されているため、すでに作成されているのにこのリストにまだある記事を見かけた場合は編集して除去してください。 なお、このリストにあるものが全てではありません…」 wikitext text/x-wiki ここではPythonWikiにおいて作成されるべきだがまだ存在しない項目の一覧が掲載されています。作成したい記事のリンクを押して作成してください。なおこのリストは手動で管理されているため、すでに作成されているのにこのリストにまだある記事を見かけた場合は編集して除去してください。 なお、このリストにあるものが全てではありません。各自で作成したい記事があるときにはこの一覧になくても構いません。 また、作成はされたが内容が足りず、強化を図るべきだという記事は[[PythonWiki:現在の強化記事]]に載っていますのでこちらをご覧ください。目標は1記事3000バイトです。(記事作成の最低バイト数条件はありませんが、500バイトを目安にしてください。) ==Pythonバージョン== * [[Python2]] ** [[Python2.0]] ** [[Python2.1]] ** [[Python2.2]] ** [[Python2.3]] ** [[Python2.4]] ** [[Python2.5]] ** [[Python2.6]] ** [[Python2.7]] * [[Python3]] ** [[Python3.0]] ** [[Python3.1]] ** [[Python3.2]] ** [[Python3.3]] ** [[Python3.4]] ** [[Python3.5]] ** [[Python3.6]] ** [[Python3.7]] ** [[Python3.8]] ** [[Python3.9]] ** [[Python3.10]] ** [[Python3.11]] 8fc20eae9e69ac7684b10a2c8ae81749ca92360f 0 5 7 2023-01-02T13:45:52Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python2'''(パイソン2)は、Pythonの2番目のメジャーバージョン。このバージョンからPythonの知名度が上がっていった。 ==マイナーバージョン一覧== * [[Python2.0]] * [[Python2.1]] * [[Python2.2]] * [[Python2.3]] * [[Python2.4]] * [[Python2.5]] * [[Python2.6]] * [[Python2.7]] {{スタブ}} [[カテゴリ:Pythonのバージョン|2]] [[カテゴリ:Python2|*]]」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2'''(パイソン2)は、Pythonの2番目のメジャーバージョン。このバージョンからPythonの知名度が上がっていった。 ==マイナーバージョン一覧== * [[Python2.0]] * [[Python2.1]] * [[Python2.2]] * [[Python2.3]] * [[Python2.4]] * [[Python2.5]] * [[Python2.6]] * [[Python2.7]] {{スタブ}} [[カテゴリ:Pythonのバージョン|2]] [[カテゴリ:Python2|*]] c23b65114e745821a871c2f12d5549c6335ebfac 10 70 174 2023-01-02T15:13:46Z Flow talk page manager 5 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki @[[利用者:{{{1|Example}}}|{{{2|{{{1|Example}}}}}}]] 28552144d847371f9fd923948d1b7e319fb3edb1 10 71 175 2023-01-02T15:13:48Z Flow talk page manager 5 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki この投稿は{{{author}}}によって{{{date}}}上に移動されました。それを[[{{{title}}}]]で発見できます。 78052547237ca720ebacace011a106dda780c2e7 10 72 176 2023-01-02T15:13:48Z Flow talk page manager 5 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki バックアップのため、以前のページの履歴は {{#time: Y-m-d|{{{date}}}}} に <span class='flow-link-to-archive'>[[{{{archive}}}]]</span> に保存されました。 d273c3ad4ab93cbf71951c8f7d10649c62446eee 10 73 177 2023-01-02T15:13:49Z Flow talk page manager 5 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki このページは過去ログ化された LiquidThreads ページです。 <strong>このページの内容は編集しないでください</strong>。 追加のコメントは[[{{{from}}}|現在のトーク ページ]]に投稿してください。 815e138eeeb0226dee569a95a349baf24cabd446 10 74 178 2023-01-02T15:13:49Z Flow talk page manager 5 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki This revision was imported from LiquidThreads with a suppressed user. It has been reassigned to the current user. 0eb25fe53f4e146ddc0b16b14bd40d6069e56c06 10 75 179 2023-01-02T15:13:50Z Flow talk page manager 5 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki <em>この投稿は [[User:{{{authorUser}}}|{{{authorUser}}}]] により投稿されましたが、[[User:{{{signatureUser}}}|{{{signatureUser}}}]] として署名されました。</em> 97c32cbacac57530c10252921450e9de1d9fe388 10 76 180 2023-01-02T15:13:50Z Flow talk page manager 5 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki 以前の議論は、{{#time: Y-m-d|{{{date}}}}} に <span class='flow-link-to-archive'>[[{{{archive}}}]]</span> に保存されました。 2f263916ff4287a712fef941f1b88e9b1a8aff4f 10 77 181 2023-01-02T15:13:51Z Flow talk page manager 5 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki このページはアーカイブです。<strong>決して、このページを編集しないでください</strong>。コメントを追加したい場合は、[[{{{from|{{TALKSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}|トークページ]]で行ってください。 33f4a9cbdabd8865a37bdb6ecbcea39744139aae 828 83 193 192 2023-01-02T15:23:06Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 828 84 195 194 2023-01-02T15:23:06Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {--[['metadata',]] 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = '記事', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = '記事メッセージボックス', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'パラメータ指定の無い記事メッセージボックス', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'} }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'ファイルメッセージボックス' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageEmptyCellStyle = true, templateCategory = 'ノートページメッセージボックス' } } eff893e58c9a2ae66bde3ff37d4b8c9a2ae9e079 10 85 197 196 2023-01-02T15:23:07Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Asbox/styles.css" /><table class="metadata asbox plainlinks noprint" role="presentation"><tr class="noresize"> <td>{{ #if:{{{icon|}}}{{{image|}}} | {{#if:{{{icon|}}} | {{{icon}}} | {{#if:{{{image2|}}}|{{Image array|width={{{pix|30}}}|height={{{pix|30}}}|perrow=2|image1={{{image}}}|alt1=執筆の途中です|image2={{{image2}}}|alt2=執筆の途中です}}|[[File:{{{image}}}|{{#if:{{{pix|}}}|{{{pix}}}|40x30}}px|執筆の途中です]]}} }} | [[File:Stubico.svg|執筆の途中です]] }}</td> <td class="asbox-body">この項目は、{{#ifeq:{{{type|}}}|substub|まだ閲覧者の調べものの参照としては役立たない{{#if:{{{qualifier|}}}{{{article|}}}{{{subject|}}}|、}}}}{{#if:{{{qualifier|}}}|{{{qualifier}}}の}}{{#if:{{{article|}}}|{{{article}}}|{{#if:{{{subject|}}}|{{{subject}}}に関連した}}}}'''[[Wikipedia:スタブ|書きかけの項目]]'''です。[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=edit}} この項目を加筆・訂正]などしてくださる[[:Category:{{{category}}}|協力者を求めています]]{{#if:{{{related|}}}|（{{{related}}}）}}。{{#if:{{{note|}}}|<br /><span class="asbox-note">{{{note}}}</span>}}</td> </tr></table><includeonly><!-- *** Stub article category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template category - sorted by " tempsort". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category}}}| {{{tempsort|}}}]]|}}<!-- *** Is there a second stub category? *** -->{{#if:{{{category1|}}}|<!-- *** Stub article second category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category1}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template second category - sorted by " tempsort1". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category1}}}| {{{tempsort1|}}}]]|}}<!-- -->}}<!-- *** Is there a third stub category? *** -->{{#if:{{{category2|}}}|<!-- *** Stub article third category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category2}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template third category - sorted by " tempsort2". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category2}}}| {{{tempsort2|}}}]]|}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|{{#ifeq:{{{type|}}}|substub|[[Category:サブスタブテンプレート]]|[[Category:スタブテンプレート]]}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> f6887de5c1adcb59403050536d01e66a717387f4 228 197 2023-01-04T05:14:48Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Asbox/styles.css" /><table class="metadata asbox plainlinks noprint" role="presentation"><tr class="noresize"> <td>{{ #if:{{{icon|}}}{{{image|}}} | {{#if:{{{icon|}}} | {{{icon}}} | {{#if:{{{image2|}}}|{{Image array|width={{{pix|30}}}|height={{{pix|30}}}|perrow=2|image1={{{image}}}|alt1=執筆の途中です|image2={{{image2}}}|alt2=執筆の途中です}}|[[File:{{{image}}}|{{#if:{{{pix|}}}|{{{pix}}}|40x30}}px|執筆の途中です]]}} }} | [[File:Stubico.svg|執筆の途中です]] }}</td> <td class="asbox-body">この項目は、{{#ifeq:{{{type|}}}|substub|まだ閲覧者の調べものの参照としては役立たない{{#if:{{{qualifier|}}}{{{article|}}}{{{subject|}}}|、}}}}{{#if:{{{qualifier|}}}|{{{qualifier}}}の}}{{#if:{{{article|}}}|{{{article}}}|{{#if:{{{subject|}}}|{{{subject}}}に関連した}}}}'''[[PythonWiki:スタブ|書きかけの項目]]'''です。[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=edit}} この項目を加筆・訂正]などしてくださる[[:Category:{{{category}}}|協力者を求めています]]{{#if:{{{related|}}}|（{{{related}}}）}}。{{#if:{{{note|}}}|<br /><span class="asbox-note">{{{note}}}</span>}}</td> </tr></table><includeonly><!-- *** Stub article category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template category - sorted by " tempsort". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category}}}| {{{tempsort|}}}]]|}}<!-- *** Is there a second stub category? *** -->{{#if:{{{category1|}}}|<!-- *** Stub article second category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category1}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template second category - sorted by " tempsort1". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category1}}}| {{{tempsort1|}}}]]|}}<!-- -->}}<!-- *** Is there a third stub category? *** -->{{#if:{{{category2|}}}|<!-- *** Stub article third category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category2}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template third category - sorted by " tempsort2". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category2}}}| {{{tempsort2|}}}]]|}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|{{#ifeq:{{{type|}}}|substub|[[Category:サブスタブテンプレート]]|[[Category:スタブテンプレート]]}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 71439dd414e735bf017147e3f0085419b6eec4bc 10 86 199 198 2023-01-02T15:23:08Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました sanitized-css text/css .asbox { position: relative; overflow: hidden; } .asbox table { background: transparent; } .asbox p { margin: 0; } .asbox p + p { margin-top: 0.25em; } .asbox { font-size: 90%; } .asbox-note { font-size: 90%; } .asbox .navbar { position: absolute; top: -0.75em; right: 1em; display: none; } /* [[Category:テンプレートスタイル]] */ 312c51e89b5a1669fe3174e993ae36ff9cbfd0f0 828 87 201 200 2023-01-02T15:23:09Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'モジュール:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Exit if the page is not protected. if not self:isProtected() then return '' end -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:isProtected() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end -- 日本語版独自 function Protection:isMismatched() return self.reason == 'dispute' and self.level ~= 'sysop' end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() } if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) elseif self:isMismatched() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-mismatch'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{ self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then -- 日本語版独自の条件分岐 if type(imageFilename) == 'string' then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename elseif type(imageFilename) == 'function' then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename(protectionObj) end else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageSize or 'x20') .. 'px', -- 日本語版独自の変更 alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageSize = 40 -- 日本語版独自の変更: フィールド名 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageSize = 'x20' -- 日本語版独自の変更: フィールド名、高さのみ指定 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)] then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:isProtected() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p 0bc00f33e20db0ac440ccf337464f7ab9523c0f9 828 88 203 202 2023-01-02T15:23:10Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "'_main'関数における'%s'引数のタイプエラー（想定：文字列、実際：%s）", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("[[Template:File link]]のエラー: 'file'引数が未入力です", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p fadb7b1349eacd06b7ce6be9d990375fab67cfb0 828 89 205 204 2023-01-02T15:23:10Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( '第1引数にはedit、move、create、upload、undelete、autoreviewのどれかを指定してください', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'eliminator' -- 英語版では'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'eliminator' -- 英語版では'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'sysop' -- 英語版では'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' -- 英語版とは異なり、日本語版では現在のところIPユーザーでも記事等を作成可能なので、以下はコメントアウト -- elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts -- return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 366a310b678c4d083a5cec695cdc85050a07fb04 828 90 207 206 2023-01-02T15:23:10Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( '第1引数にはedit、move、create、upload、autoreviewのどれかを指定してください', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('[[モジュール:Effective protection expiry]]のエラー; 有効期限のタイムスタンプの書式が不正です') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p bd6d5cdf7fc2a720603bcbc952773bb41197c42b 828 91 209 208 2023-01-02T15:23:12Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = '${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されたページ' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { --blp = { -- description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' -- .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', -- text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' -- .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" -- .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', -- tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' -- .. ' biographies of living persons', --}, dmca = { description = '[[デジタルミレニアム著作権法]]に基づく削除要求があったため、' .. '保護されたページ', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'この${PAGETYPE}の内容に関して、[[デジタルミレニアム著作権法]]' .. '(DMCA)に基づく権利所有者への通知があったため、' .. 'ウィキメディア財団は問題となった個所を削除した上で、' .. 'このページの編集を制限しました。' if args.notice then ret = ret .. '財団が受理した通知のコピーは ' .. args.notice .. ' にあります。' end ret = ret .. '異議申し立て方法など詳細な情報については' .. '[[Wikipedia:事務局行動]]および${TALKPAGE}をご覧ください。<br />' .. "'''編集制限が解除されるまで、" .. "このお知らせを除去しないでください。'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg', }, dispute = { description = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦|編集合戦]]により保護されたページ', text = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦|編集合戦]]が発生したため、${INTROBLURB}', explanation = "${CURRENTVERSION}の内容が'''適切とは限りません'''。" .. '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '問題となった個所について意見がある場合は、' .. '${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。' .. '[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意が形成]]され、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', tooltip = '編集合戦が発生したため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}', }, --ecp = { -- description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' -- .. ' meets the criteria for community use', -- tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is extended-confirmed protected', -- alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', --}, --mainpage = { -- description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', -- text = 'This file is currently' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' -- .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' -- .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', -- explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' -- .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' -- .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' -- .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," -- .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' -- .. ' as appropriate.</span>', --}, office = { description = '[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|事務局行動]]により保護されたページ', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '現在この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|' .. 'ウィキメディア財団事務局]]の監視下にあり、' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. '${PROTECTIONDATE}以降、' end return ret .. '保護されています。' end, explanation = "もしあなたがこのページを編集できたとしても、加筆・修正を行う前に" .. "${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。<br />" .. "'''ウィキメディア財団の許可があるまで、このページの保護を" .. "解除しないでください。'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg', }, permanent = { description = '半永久的に保護されているページ', text = function (protectionObj, args) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return 'この${PAGETYPE}は、半永久的に編集[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています。' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'この${PAGETYPE}は、[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の編集を半永久的に[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています。' else return 'この${PAGETYPE}は、[[Wikipedia:利用者#新規利用者|新規利用者]]' .. 'および[[Wikipedia:利用者#IP利用者|未登録利用者]]からの編集を' .. '半永久的に[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています。' end end, explanation = function (protectionObj, args) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#半永久的な拡張半保護|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]をしてください。' else return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半永久的な半保護|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。' end end, tooltip = '半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}', alt = '半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}', image = function (protectionObj) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Protection.svg' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Extended Semi-protection.svg' else return 'Edit Semi-permanent Semi-protection.svg' end end, }, reset = { description = '[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|事務局行動]]により、内容が' .. '縮小された上で保護されたページ', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '現在この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|' .. 'ウィキメディア財団事務局]]の監視下にあり、' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. '${PROTECTIONDATE}以降、' end return ret .. '保護されています。' end, explanation = 'この${PAGETYPE}には最小限の内容しかないため、' .. '[[WP:NPOV|中立的な観点]]や[[WP:V|検証可能性]]といった方針に' .. '適合する形で、全面的に改稿されることが望まれています。' .. "もしあなたがこのページを編集できたとしても、加筆・修正を行う前に" .. "${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。<br />" .. 'この${PAGETYPE}が保護される以前の版に書かれていた内容は' .. '復帰させないでください。' .. 'ノートページで議論を行う際も同様です。<br />' .. "'''ウィキメディア財団の許可があるまで、このページの保護を" .. "解除したり、このお知らせを除去しないでください。'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg', }, --sock = { -- description = 'For pages protected due to' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', -- text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' -- .. ' from editing it.', -- tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' -- .. ' editing it', --}, template = { description = '[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|' .. '影響が特に大きいテンプレート・モジュール]]', text = 'この[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|' .. '影響が特に大きい${PAGETYPE}]]は、[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]を予防するために' .. '${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#半永久的な拡張半保護|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]をしてください。' else return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半永久的な半保護|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。' end end, tooltip = 'この影響が特に大きい${PAGETYPE}は、' .. '荒らしを予防するために${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', alt = '半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}', image = function (protectionObj) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Protection.svg' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Extended Semi-protection.svg' else return 'Edit Semi-permanent Semi-protection.svg' end end, }, --usertalk = { -- description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' -- .. ' particular user', -- text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' -- .. ' such as abusing the' -- .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', -- explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' -- .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' -- .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' -- .. '|request an edit]],' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' -- .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' -- .. '|request unprotection]],' -- .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' -- .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', --}, vandalism = { description = '[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]行為により保護されたページ', text = '度重なる[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]行為のため、${INTROBLURB}', tooltip = '度重なる荒らし行為のため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}' } }, move = { dispute = { description = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦#移動合戦|移動合戦]]により保護されたページ', text = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦#移動合戦|移動合戦]]が発生したため、${INTROFRAGMENT}', explanation = "${CURRENTVERSION}が'''適切とは限りません'''。" .. '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'ページ名について意見がある場合は${TALKPAGE}で議論し、' .. '必要に応じて[[Wikipedia:ページの改名]]に従い、' .. '[[Wikipedia:改名提案|改名の提案]]をしてください。' .. '[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意が形成]]され、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', tooltip = '移動合戦が発生したため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}', }, vandalism = { description = '[[Wikipedia:荒らし#移動荒らし|移動荒らし]]行為により保護されたページ', text = '度重なる[[Wikipedia:荒らし#移動荒らし|移動荒らし]]行為のため、${INTROFRAGMENT}', tooltip = '度重なる移動荒らし行為のため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'この${PAGETYPE}は編集[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています', autoconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#新規利用者|新規利用者]]' .. 'および[[Wikipedia:利用者#IP利用者|未登録利用者]]からの編集を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', extendedconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の編集を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', }, move = { default = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Help:ページの移動|移動]][[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています', extendedconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の[[Help:ページの移動|移動]]を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:ファイルのアップロード|アップロード]]' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています', extendedconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の[[Wikipedia:ファイルのアップロード|アップロード]]を' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}' .. 'にて<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。' .. '半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', }, extendedconfirmed = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}' .. 'にて<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]を' .. 'してください。拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' }, default = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' } }, move = { extendedconfirmed = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'ページを移動できない場合は、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|移動を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]を' .. 'してください。移動拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '移動拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' }, default = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '移動が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、' .. '[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:移動依頼|移動依頼]]で依頼してください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、移動保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、移動保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = '詳しくは${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '編集保護されていない場合は、' .. 'ファイルの説明を編集することができます。' .. 'アップロード保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|アップロード保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = '保護', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = '拡張半保護', autoconfirmed = '半保護', }, move = { default = '移動保護', extendedconfirmed = '移動拡張半保護' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'アップロード保護', extendedconfirmed = 'アップロード拡張半保護' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Edit Protection.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Edit Extended Semi-protection.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Edit Semi-protection.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Move Extended Semi-protection.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload Protection.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Upload Extended Semi-protection.svg', } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:保護の方針', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:半保護の方針' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:保護の方針', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = '' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { move = 'pp-move', autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', upload = 'pp-upload', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = '編集保護中のページ', --['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', --['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', --['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|permanent|all|all'] = '保護運用中のページ', --['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected main page files', --['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = '編集拡張半保護中のページ', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = '編集拡張半保護中のページ', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = '編集半保護中のページ', --['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', --['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', --['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', --['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', --['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', --['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', --['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', --['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', --['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', --['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', --['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = '編集保護中のテンプレート', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = '編集半保護中のテンプレート', --['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', --['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', --['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', --['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', --['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', --['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', --['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', --['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', --['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected files', --['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected project pages', --['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected talk pages', --['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|sysop|edit'] = '編集保護中のモジュール', --['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = '編集半保護中のモジュール', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = '移動保護中のページ', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|move'] = '移動拡張半保護中のページ', --['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', --['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', --['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', --['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', --['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', --['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', --['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = '移動保護中のテンプレート', --['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', --['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'アップロード保護中のファイル', ['all|file|all|extendedconfirmed|upload']= 'アップロード拡張半保護中のファイル', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { -- [0] = '記事', [6] = 'ファイル', [10] = 'テンプレート', [14] = 'カテゴリ', [828] = 'モジュール', [1] = 'ノートページ', [3] = '会話ページ', [5] = 'ノートページ', [7] = 'ノートページ', [9] = 'ノートページ', [11] = 'ノートページ', [13] = 'ノートページ', [15] = 'ノートページ', [101] = 'ノートページ', [103] = 'ノートページ', [829] = 'ノートページ', [2301] = 'ノートページ', [2303] = 'ノートページ', default = 'ページ' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, eliminator = {'sysop'}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'eliminator', 'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:保護運用'] = {'permanent', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}（${EXPIRY}まで）。', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}。', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}（${EXPIRY}まで）。', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}。', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${EXPIRY}まで${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${EXPIRY}まで${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されており、', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されており、', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = '保護記録', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = '現在のページ名', ['current-version-edit-display'] = '現行版', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'ノートページ', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'Y年Fj日" ("D") "H:i" ("e")"', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = '不適切な保護テンプレートのあるページ', ['tracking-category-mismatch'] = '保護理由と保護レベルが合致していないページ', -- 日本語版独自 ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Edit Protection.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } d41b2a922176ff7bd4a5ed1b50ebde1185081c95 10 92 211 210 2023-01-02T15:23:12Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} | {{{override|doc}}} | <!-- doc page --> </includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{{doc-notice|show}}} | show | <!-- doc-notice show -->{{Ombox | type = notice | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px]] | text = '''これは{{{1|[[{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}の[[Help:テンプレートの説明文|解説]][[Help:サブページ|サブページ]]です。'''<br />使用方法、[[Help:カテゴリ|カテゴリ]]、およびその他{{{種類|{{ #if: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{SUBJECTSPACE ja}}ページ|記事}}}}}自体に含まれない情報を収容しています。 }} | <!-- doc-notice hide --> }}<includeonly> |<!-- not doc --> }}</includeonly><includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | {{ #ifeq: {{NAMESPACE}} | {{ns:10}} | [[Category:テンプレート文書|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }}</includeonly></onlyinclude> {{Documentation}} 89540d8504640ca8921525ee47f5b8b2c093e737 10 93 213 212 2023-01-02T15:23:12Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 5e237028231c8eddac6dd278289ec8de1b654916 828 94 215 214 2023-01-02T15:23:13Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('メッセージ: cfg.' .. cfgKey .. 'の入力エラー。（想定：' .. expectType .. '、実際：' .. type(msg) .. '）', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('メッセージ: メッセージ設定で$' .. match .. 'キーの値が見つかりませんでした。' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return '<span class="' .. message('toolbar-class') .. '">(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</span>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] -- 日本語版独自仕様: 編集保護と移動保護で保護レベルが異なる場合に、両方のアイコンを表示する local ret = '' if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. ret = ret .. require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } end if moveProt and moveProt ~= editProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected. ret = ret .. require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display') data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display') data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display') data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display') -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%]', '&#93;') return s end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end local box = mw.html.create('div') box:attr('role', 'note') -- 'documentation-metadata' :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p d6028d23a1bb7cedd0ce7f776655dc03805e5059 828 95 217 216 2023-01-02T15:23:14Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|テンプレート・サンドボックス]]ページ' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|モジュール・サンドボックス]]ページ' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'サンドボックス・ページ' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'これは$2の$1です。' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'これは$2 ($3)の$1です。' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = '差分' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = '対応する$1・サブページもご確認ください。' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'テストケース' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = '対応する$1・サブページ ($2) もご確認ください。' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = '実行' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'テンプレート・サンドボックス' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'テンプレートの解説' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'モジュールの解説' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = '要約' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = '解説' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = '表示' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = '編集' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = '履歴' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'キャッシュを破棄' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = '作成' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'この[[Help:テンプレートの説明文|解説]]は、$1から[[Help:テンプレート#テンプレートとは|呼び出されて]]います。' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'この[[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribuntoモジュール]]の解説ページを$1することができます。' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "編集者は、このテンプレートを$1と$2で試すことができます。（[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|解説]]）" cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "編集者は、このモジュールを$1と$2で試すことができます。（[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|解説]]）" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'サンドボックス' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = '編集' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = '作成' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = '差分' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = '$1のサンドボックスバージョンを作成' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = '複製' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'テストケース' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = '編集' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = '作動' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = '作成' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = '$1のサブページにカテゴリを追加してください。' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'この$1のサブページ一覧。' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'テンプレート' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'モジュール' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'ページ' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with -- a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = '$1にこのテンプレートは[[:en:Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|印刷用バージョンがあります]]。' .. 'もしこのテンプレートを更新した時は、印刷用バージョンも更新してください。' -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = '' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = '((documentation))の異常な使用があるページ' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 3093010f18cd91593aecbda3f2cd842d19db7204 828 96 219 218 2023-01-02T15:23:14Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #ecfcf4; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } /* [[カテゴリ:テンプレートスタイル]] */ fea08746bcb1ff7d911742aad831da11f8e886da 10 97 221 220 2023-01-02T15:23:15Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 1版 をインポートしました wikitext text/x-wiki {{告知|提案|[[Template:Stub/doc]]の冒頭部の変更}} {{Documentation subpage|種類=[[Help:テンプレート|テンプレート]]}} 書きかけの記事に使用します。本来は、[[Wikipedia:スタブカテゴリ|それぞれの記事に適応したスタブテンプレート]]があるため、このテンプレートの使用は推奨されません。また、内容が特に少なく、調べものとして役立たない記事には、[[Template:Substub]]の使用も検討してください。 __TOC__ == 使い方 == {{tlf|stub}}と入力します。 表示例 {{stub}} == 引数 == このテンプレートに引数はありません。 == カテゴリ == このテンプレートが貼り付けられたページは[[:Category:スタブ]]に収められます。 == 関連項目 == * [[Wikipedia:スタブ]] * [[Wikipedia:スタブカテゴリ]] * [[template:節stub]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- カテゴリは以下に追加してください --> [[Category:スタブテンプレート|*]] }}</includeonly> 4885ffa69747abe92f03ede19590c599c62a9237 227 221 2023-01-04T05:12:23Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{告知|提案|[[Template:Stub/doc]]の冒頭部の変更}} {{Documentation subpage|種類=[[Help:テンプレート|テンプレート]]}} 書きかけの記事に使用します。また、内容が特に少なく、調べものとして役立たない記事には、[[Template:Substub]]の使用も検討してください。 __TOC__ == 使い方 == {{tlf|stub}}と入力します。 表示例 {{stub}} == 引数 == このテンプレートに引数はありません。 == カテゴリ == このテンプレートが貼り付けられたページは[[:Category:スタブ]]に収められます。 == 関連項目 == * [[PythonWiki:スタブ]] * [[template:節stub]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- カテゴリは以下に追加してください --> [[Category:スタブテンプレート|*]] }}</includeonly> a75c034426faa38529e6bf02475f81206aa9bc1b 234 227 2023-01-07T06:12:57Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage|種類=[[Help:テンプレート|テンプレート]]}} 書きかけの記事に使用します。また、内容が特に少なく、調べものとして役立たない記事には、[[Template:Substub]]の使用も検討してください。 __TOC__ == 使い方 == {{tlf|stub}}と入力します。 表示例 {{stub}} == 引数 == このテンプレートに引数はありません。 == カテゴリ == このテンプレートが貼り付けられたページは[[:Category:スタブ]]に収められます。 == 関連項目 == * [[PythonWiki:スタブ]] * [[template:節stub]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- カテゴリは以下に追加してください --> [[Category:スタブテンプレート|*]] }}</includeonly> b78961c9aa57ef44858dce7c85d2ede9e237778b 0 98 222 2023-01-03T13:55:17Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python2.0'''(パイソン2.0)は、[[Python2]]系バージョンの初期バージョン。現在はサポートされていない。[[Python1]]系最後のマイナーバージョンである[[Python1.6]]からの(Python2から[[Python3]]に移行したときほどの)特に巨大な変更はない。 ==変更点== * Unicode 文字列のサポート * 累算代入演算子 <code>x += 1</code> * リスト内包表記 <code>[s**2 for s in range(10)]</code> * 拡…」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.0'''(パイソン2.0)は、[[Python2]]系バージョンの初期バージョン。現在はサポートされていない。[[Python1]]系最後のマイナーバージョンである[[Python1.6]]からの(Python2から[[Python3]]に移行したときほどの)特に巨大な変更はない。 ==変更点== * Unicode 文字列のサポート * 累算代入演算子 <code>x += 1</code> * リスト内包表記 <code>[s**2 for s in range(10)]</code> * 拡張された[[import]]文 <code>import Module as Name</code> * 拡張された[[print構文]] <code>print >> file, "Hello"</code> ==バグ修正リリース== Python2.0には1つのバグ修正リリースが存在する。 * [[/Python2.0.1|Python2.0.1]] ==外部リンク== * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/2.0/ Python 2.0 | Python.org] ==関連項目== * [[Python2]] * [[Python2.1]] 8ab470470a1abc6d41d3fcaf05fa8dff1b2fdb6a 223 222 2023-01-03T13:57:24Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.0'''(パイソン2.0)は、[[Python2]]系バージョンの初期バージョン。現在はサポートされていない。[[Python1]]系最後のマイナーバージョンである[[Python1.6]]からの(Python2から[[Python3]]に移行したときほどの)特に巨大な変更はない。 ==変更点== * Unicode 文字列のサポート * 累算代入演算子 <code>x += 1</code> * リスト内包表記 <code>[s**2 for s in range(10)]</code> * 拡張された[[import]]文 <code>import Module as Name</code> * 拡張された[[print構文]] <code>print >> file, "Hello"</code> ==バグ修正リリース== Python2.0には1つのバグ修正リリースが存在する。 * [[/Python2.0.1|Python2.0.1]] ==外部リンク== * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/2.0/ Python 2.0 | Python.org] * [https://docs.python.org/ja/2.7/whatsnew/2.0.html What's nwe in Python 2.0] ==関連項目== * [[Python2]] * [[Python2.1]] df732112ef8047c0887213d3d27f40eacb3b0e94 3000 3 224 5 2023-01-04T05:01:42Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki =編集者向け：ようこそ！= PythonWiki日本語版に貢献してくださりありがとうございます。このWikiにはいくつかの基本方針がありますので、まずそちらを読むことを推奨します。(なお現在方針の一部は策定中です。策定されていない方針には拘束力はありませんので無視して構いません。) * [[PythonWiki:基本方針]] * [[PythonWiki:投稿ブロックの方針]] * [[PythonWiki:記事作成の基準]] * [[PythonWiki:お知らせ]] ==編集の仕方== 編集が初めてですか?以下の記事を参考にして記事を作成してみてください。 * [[PythonWiki:記事の作成方法]] * [[PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法]] ** [[PythonWiki:PEP記事で使用できるテンプレート]] ** [[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]] * [[PythonWiki:記事の編集方法]] * [[PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧]] 62c205c2b86d7515b8feef8aec36de09243d2fe9 0 99 225 2023-01-04T05:04:27Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python2.1'''は、[[Python2]]系の1番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.1'''は、[[Python2]]系の1番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} bd1b82d947940ad4fd5ce258ba3a1be5a3a0785d 10 78 226 183 2023-01-04T05:11:12Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Asbox | name = Stub | category = スタブ | tempsort = * }}{{#switch: {{FULLPAGENAME}} |PythonWiki:スタブ |PythonWiki:スタブカテゴリ = [[Category:スタブ|*]] }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> bf050221c0cee3001e8f2cecb2af57cac13d7e7b 0 100 229 2023-01-07T06:06:27Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python2.2'''は、[[Python2]]系の2番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 == バグ修正リリース == Python2.2には3つのバグ修正リリースが存在する。 * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.1|Python2.2.1]] * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.2|Python2.2.2]] * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.3|Python2.2.3]] == 外部リンク == * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/2.2/ python 2.2 | Python.org] * [https://docs.python.org/2.7/wh…」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.2'''は、[[Python2]]系の2番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 == バグ修正リリース == Python2.2には3つのバグ修正リリースが存在する。 * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.1|Python2.2.1]] * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.2|Python2.2.2]] * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.3|Python2.2.3]] == 外部リンク == * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/2.2/ python 2.2 | Python.org] * [https://docs.python.org/2.7/whatsnew/2.2.html What's New in Python 2.2] c863e41610495627fdd1cceef541c85fdff03f26 230 229 2023-01-07T06:08:18Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.2'''は、[[Python2]]系の2番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 == バグ修正リリース == Python2.2には3つのバグ修正リリースが存在する。 * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.1|Python2.2.1]] * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.2|Python2.2.2]] * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.3|Python2.2.3]] == 外部リンク == * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/2.2/ python 2.2 | Python.org] * [https://docs.python.org/2.7/whatsnew/2.2.html What's New in Python 2.2] {{Stub}} 1bf9a58c1cb07c8042f521e7f350b15df7bc1f67 3000 101 231 2023-01-07T06:09:39Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「PythonWikiでの'''スタブ'''とは、記事がまだ十分な内容ではないことです。[[テンプレート:Stub|Stub]]テンプレートが貼られた記事には編集して加筆する必要があります。ぜひ加筆して内容を充実させましょう。」 wikitext text/x-wiki PythonWikiでの'''スタブ'''とは、記事がまだ十分な内容ではないことです。[[テンプレート:Stub|Stub]]テンプレートが貼られた記事には編集して加筆する必要があります。ぜひ加筆して内容を充実させましょう。 60e16a789b39cbc757f9afcd847370e291ec281c 14 102 232 2023-01-07T06:11:26Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「[[PythonWiki:スタブ|書きかけの項目]]です。[[template:スタブ|スタブ]]テンプレートが貼られた記事が収集されています。」 wikitext text/x-wiki [[PythonWiki:スタブ|書きかけの項目]]です。[[template:スタブ|スタブ]]テンプレートが貼られた記事が収集されています。 8c25e17f1bc3fc1b1cf0fefd63e2d45c3ea8c105 233 232 2023-01-07T06:11:51Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki [[PythonWiki:スタブ|書きかけの項目]]です。[[template:Stub|Stub]]テンプレートが貼られた記事が収集されています。 063cc3138a41547a0e677f3eecc4f0f1d3e594c2 0 103 235 2023-01-07T07:07:11Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3'''は、[[Python2]]に続くPython3つ目のメジャーバージョン。移行の際に大幅な書き換えが行われ、[[print]]構文の関数化など、様々な変更が行われた。現在も開発が続けられている。最新のマイナーバージョンは[[Python3.11]]。 == マイナーバージョン == Python3には現在11のマイナーバージョンが存在する([[Python3.0]]を除く)。[[Python3.12]]は現在アルファテ…」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3'''は、[[Python2]]に続くPython3つ目のメジャーバージョン。移行の際に大幅な書き換えが行われ、[[print]]構文の関数化など、様々な変更が行われた。現在も開発が続けられている。最新のマイナーバージョンは[[Python3.11]]。 == マイナーバージョン == Python3には現在11のマイナーバージョンが存在する([[Python3.0]]を除く)。[[Python3.12]]は現在アルファテスト中。 * [[Python3.1]] * [[Python3.2]] * [[Python3.3]] * [[Python3.4]] * [[Python3.5]] * [[Python3.6]] * [[Python3.7]] * [[Python3.8]] * [[Python3.9]] * [[Python3.10]] * [[Python3.11]] 2ba8d3c7311a10eab7800bde9f348c59f6c9abaa 3000 104 236 2023-01-07T07:08:14Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「まだお知らせはありません。」 wikitext text/x-wiki まだお知らせはありません。 e242af125fdc11485d11e585297e5aeb117d0403 237 236 2023-01-07T07:08:41Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 「[[PythonWiki:お知らせ]]」を保護しました ([編集=管理者のみ許可] (無期限) [移動=管理者のみ許可] (無期限)) wikitext text/x-wiki まだお知らせはありません。 e242af125fdc11485d11e585297e5aeb117d0403 0 105 238 2023-01-08T13:53:42Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python'''は、[[グイド・ヴァン・ロッサム]]によって開発されたインタプリタ言語である。現在の最新バージョンは[[Python3.11/Python3.11.1|3.11.1]]。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python'''は、[[グイド・ヴァン・ロッサム]]によって開発されたインタプリタ言語である。現在の最新バージョンは[[Python3.11/Python3.11.1|3.11.1]]。 {{Stub}} d76c0fe84b29624ecca40044c3a2cea955c6bf34 3000 106 239 2023-01-11T01:47:44Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「現在強化すべき記事の一覧です。記事の内容が十分だと思ったら(各項目に付与されている目標バイト数が達成できたら)、この一覧から削除してください。 ---- {| class="wikitable sortable" ! 記事 !! 目標 |- | [[Python3]] || 3000バイト |}」 wikitext text/x-wiki 現在強化すべき記事の一覧です。記事の内容が十分だと思ったら(各項目に付与されている目標バイト数が達成できたら)、この一覧から削除してください。 ---- {| class="wikitable sortable" ! 記事 !! 目標 |- | [[Python3]] || 3000バイト |} 802ba242d6a7d836a6203a56df00b84de14d07eb 240 239 2023-01-11T01:49:39Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 案内追加 wikitext text/x-wiki 現在強化すべき記事の一覧です。記事の内容が十分だと思ったら(各項目に付与されている目標バイト数が達成できたら)、この一覧から削除してください。 また、現在作成されていない記事に関しては[[PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧|作成すべき項目の一覧]]をご覧ください。 ---- {| class="wikitable sortable" ! 記事 !! 目標 |- | [[Python3]] || 3000バイト |} 2da339488eb6edf7f3e88a3a709db770d31d561c 0 107 241 2023-01-11T01:54:13Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python2.3'''は、[[Python2]]系の3番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.3'''は、[[Python2]]系の3番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}} 218bb0ee4e2130102bf3527c2b269dd71595eba7 3000 4 242 6 2023-01-11T01:59:30Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ここではPythonWikiにおいて作成されるべきだがまだ存在しない項目の一覧が掲載されています。作成したい記事のリンクを押して作成してください。なおこのリストは手動で管理されているため、すでに作成されているのにこのリストにまだある記事を見かけた場合は編集して除去してください。 なお、このリストにあるものが全てではありません。各自で作成したい記事があるときにはこの一覧になくても構いません。 また、作成はされたが内容が足りず、強化を図るべきだという記事は[[PythonWiki:現在の強化記事]]に載っていますのでこちらをご覧ください。目標は1記事3000バイトです。(記事作成の最低バイト数条件はありませんが、500バイトを目安にしてください。) ==Pythonバージョン== * [[Python2]] ** [[Python2.4]] ** [[Python2.5]] ** [[Python2.6]] ** [[Python2.7]] * [[Python3]] ** [[Python3.0]] ** [[Python3.1]] ** [[Python3.2]] ** [[Python3.3]] ** [[Python3.4]] ** [[Python3.5]] ** [[Python3.6]] ** [[Python3.7]] ** [[Python3.8]] ** [[Python3.9]] ** [[Python3.10]] ** [[Python3.11]] ==構文と関数、定数== * [[構文]] ** [[if]] ** [[else]] ** [[for]] ** [[while]] ** [[break]] ** [[continue]] ** [[del]] ** [[raise]] * [[組み込み関数]] * [[組み込み定数]] c4efc1809d9b4b599cba990935e90ed9659535b1 0 108 243 2023-01-11T02:10:09Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python2.4'''は、[[Python2]]系の4番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.4'''は、[[Python2]]系の4番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}} 79944067e005275d3272aeb2f9f94d31602b4559 8 109 244 2023-01-12T04:15:05Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「 * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * SEARCH * PythonWiki ** PythonWiki:基本方針|基本方針 ** PythonWiki:お知らせ|お知らせ ** PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧|作成すべき項目一覧 ** PythonWiki:独自仕様|独自仕様 * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES」 wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * SEARCH * PythonWiki ** PythonWiki:基本方針|基本方針 ** PythonWiki:お知らせ|お知らせ ** PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧|作成すべき項目一覧 ** PythonWiki:独自仕様|独自仕様 * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES 7e1b84c73437d606e6db81644e6634c0fe4c7406 3000 110 245 2023-01-12T04:34:26Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「このWikiの基本的な方針と、方針文書の一覧です。PythonWikiの編集者は以下の方針に従う必要があります。 ==PythonWiki日本語版は何か== PythonWiki日本語版は、[[Pythonとは|Python]]について日本語で説明するためのWikiです。Pythonに関係のあることなら、[[構文]]から[[組み込み関数]]、[[外部ライブラリ]]まで幅広くカバーしています。Pythonに関係のある内容で書…」 wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiの基本的な方針と、方針文書の一覧です。PythonWikiの編集者は以下の方針に従う必要があります。 ==PythonWiki日本語版は何か== PythonWiki日本語版は、[[Pythonとは|Python]]について日本語で説明するためのWikiです。Pythonに関係のあることなら、[[構文]]から[[組み込み関数]]、[[外部ライブラリ]]まで幅広くカバーしています。Pythonに関係のある内容で書きたい記事があればぜひご参加ください。 ==PythonWIki日本語版は何ではないか== しばしば混同されますが、このWikiは<u>'''Wikipediaではありません'''</u>。よって、厳しい記事作成の条件もなければ。出典の明記のない記事をすぐに削除することもしません。記事作成の条件は「Pythonに関係のあること」です。それさえ満たしていれば自由に記事を作成できます。記事の内容が十分でないと感じたときは<code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>[[Template:Stub|Stub]]<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code>を記事の最後に貼ってあげましょう。 8972158adc44f3b097f1ce02467746b0ec641566 250 245 2023-01-12T06:47:33Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiの基本的な方針と、方針文書の一覧です。PythonWikiの編集者は以下の方針に従う必要があります。 ==PythonWiki日本語版は何か== {{See also|PythonWiki:PythonWiki日本語版は何か}} PythonWiki日本語版は、[[Pythonとは|Python]]について日本語で説明するためのWikiです。Pythonに関係のあることなら、[[構文]]から[[組み込み関数]]、[[外部ライブラリ]]まで幅広くカバーしています。Pythonに関係のある内容で書きたい記事があればぜひご参加ください。 ==PythonWIki日本語版は何ではないか== {{See also|PythonWiki:PythonWiki日本語版は何ではないか}} しばしば混同されますが、このWikiは<u>'''Wikipediaではありません'''</u>。よって、厳しい記事作成の条件もなければ。出典の明記のない記事をすぐに削除することもしません。記事作成の条件は「Pythonに関係のあること」です。それさえ満たしていれば自由に記事を作成できます。記事の内容が十分でないと感じたときは<code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>[[Template:Stub|Stub]]<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code>を記事の最後に貼ってあげましょう。 6d6853c931fc78eb0c2934f319d51c3e3831fa1f 10 111 246 2023-01-12T06:29:59Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「<div style="padding-left:2em">''{{#1f:|{{2|}}|[[{{1}}]]については、[[{{2}}]]|[[{{1}}]]}}も参照''</div>」 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="padding-left:2em">''{{#1f:|{{2|}}|[[{{1}}]]については、[[{{2}}]]|[[{{1}}]]}}も参照''</div> 3add3cab729c41dc5ede4f8fb6dd17af9642ff7e 247 246 2023-01-12T06:30:38Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="padding-left:2em">''{{#1f:|{{{2|}}}|[[{{{1}}}]]については、[[{{{2}}}]]|[[{{{1}}}]]}}も参照''</div> e2eb6f39b7c1ac7d2d9e2d1324e6a5c2eac0bef9 248 247 2023-01-12T06:31:00Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 誤字を修正 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="padding-left:2em">''{{#if:|{{{2|}}}|[[{{{1}}}]]については、[[{{{2}}}]]|[[{{{1}}}]]}}も参照''</div> f491c23a926123ca85c8413892a5dd2af0b34fe6 249 248 2023-01-12T06:31:49Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 修正 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="padding-left:2em">''{{#if:{{{2|}}}|[[{{{1}}}]]については、[[{{{2}}}]]|[[{{{1}}}]]}}も参照''</div> 52fed58c1ede9c34730aa7530292e72d0f4550ff 251 249 2023-01-12T06:48:22Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 鉤括弧をつけた wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="padding-left:2em">''{{#if:{{{2|}}}|[[{{{1}}}]]については、「[[{{{2}}}]]|「[[{{{1}}}]]}}」も参照''</div> 9680a6e7002f6c47cae3944aa40a302a8f903edf 3000 112 252 2023-01-13T02:43:00Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「このWikiにはいくつかの'''独自仕様'''が存在します。<code>PEP</code>名前空間や、<code>Code</code>名前空間がまさにその例です。 ==PEP名前空間== PEP名前空間は、[[PEP]]の原文および訳文を掲載する名前空間です。1記事1PEPで構成されていて、メインページに最新の訳文、サブページに原文や過去の版を載せます。ページ構成は以下の通りです。 ほとんどのPEP…」 wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiにはいくつかの'''独自仕様'''が存在します。<code>PEP</code>名前空間や、<code>Code</code>名前空間がまさにその例です。 ==PEP名前空間== PEP名前空間は、[[PEP]]の原文および訳文を掲載する名前空間です。1記事1PEPで構成されていて、メインページに最新の訳文、サブページに原文や過去の版を載せます。ページ構成は以下の通りです。 ほとんどのPEPはCC0（クリエイティブ・コモンズ）でライセンスされていますので、翻訳作業をする場合はそれを確認した上で'''自分で訳した訳文を'''掲載してください。自分で訳したものでないと、著作権違反になる場合があります。 a8da9af7b290f76a837c9384dd220ed20cf7ca77 10 113 253 2023-01-13T02:43:34Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 作成 wikitext text/x-wiki <inputbox> type=create width=40 break={{{1|no}}} buttonlabel={{{2|記事を作成}}} placeholder={{{3|記事の名前を入力}}} </inputbox> 93593763a6b40b4dba7d9c2fd5e98eae2761defb 2 114 254 2023-01-13T04:13:56Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「yaakiyu.jpです。いろんなwikiやってます。 {{template:記事作成}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki yaakiyu.jpです。いろんなwikiやってます。 {{template:記事作成}} d5d3d5de05c2ebfa7ea1621a5c337bd47abb39e6 0 115 255 2023-01-13T05:22:45Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''if'''(いふ)とは、Pythonで分岐を示す構文である。 ==コード例== <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> a = input() if a == "ok": print("OK!") print("Not OK!") </syntaxhighlight>」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''if'''(いふ)とは、Pythonで分岐を示す構文である。 ==コード例== <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> a = input() if a == "ok": print("OK!") print("Not OK!") </syntaxhighlight> 0031e0d80be06f52c681a8dd1163d4010c6ba717 3000 116 256 2023-01-15T10:19:08Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「このWikiでの投稿ブロックに関する方針です。 以下の条件の内一つを満たすと投稿ブロックを受けます。 * 荒らしのソックパペットだと確認された場合。 * 同種の迷惑行為・方針違反の投稿に対する注意を2回以上受けたにも関わらず、やめる素振りを見せない場合 * その他、管理者が必要と認めた場合」 wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiでの投稿ブロックに関する方針です。 以下の条件の内一つを満たすと投稿ブロックを受けます。 * 荒らしのソックパペットだと確認された場合。 * 同種の迷惑行為・方針違反の投稿に対する注意を2回以上受けたにも関わらず、やめる素振りを見せない場合 * その他、管理者が必要と認めた場合 0bdaab9c014adf098f74b73cf9d25134f186c5b9 3000 117 257 2023-01-16T03:50:41Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「PEP記事を全て翻訳しよう！というプロジェクトです。 ==ステップ== *:[[PEP]]の記事を全てPEP名前空間にコピペする。 *:スタイルを整える。 *:日本語に翻訳する(翻訳前のPEPは<code>PEP:1/原文</code>のように、「原文」サブページに移動する。) ==テンプレート== * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整]]}} - スタイルを整える前の記事に貼ってください。 * {{Templ…」 wikitext text/x-wiki PEP記事を全て翻訳しよう！というプロジェクトです。 ==ステップ== *:[[PEP]]の記事を全てPEP名前空間にコピペする。 *:スタイルを整える。 *:日本語に翻訳する(翻訳前のPEPは<code>PEP:1/原文</code>のように、「原文」サブページに移動する。) ==テンプレート== * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整]]}} - スタイルを整える前の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル調整中]]}} - スタイルを整えている記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了]]}} - 未翻訳の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中]]}} - 翻訳作業中の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了]]}} - 翻訳が終わった記事に貼ってください。 e27b704e144f60c7f2999632cef519cb1656e4b8 258 257 2023-01-16T03:51:37Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 番号つき箇条書きに修正 wikitext text/x-wiki PEP記事を全て翻訳しよう！というプロジェクトです。 ==ステップ== # [[PEP]]の記事を全てPEP名前空間にコピペする。 # スタイルを整える。 # 日本語に翻訳する(翻訳前のPEPは<code>PEP:1/原文</code>のように、「原文」サブページに移動する。) ==テンプレート== * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整]]}} - スタイルを整える前の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル調整中]]}} - スタイルを整えている記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了]]}} - 未翻訳の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中]]}} - 翻訳作業中の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了]]}} - 翻訳が終わった記事に貼ってください。 e220154d6e8f0248f8cefb17c98cf81ee0b4abf0 3000 112 259 252 2023-01-16T03:53:02Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 see alsoを追記。 wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiにはいくつかの'''独自仕様'''が存在します。<code>PEP</code>名前空間や、<code>Code</code>名前空間がまさにその例です。 ==PEP名前空間== {{See also|PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法}} PEP名前空間は、[[PEP]]の原文および訳文を掲載する名前空間です。1記事1PEPで構成されていて、メインページに最新の訳文、サブページに原文や過去の版を載せます。ページ構成は以下の通りです。 ほとんどのPEPはCC0（クリエイティブ・コモンズ）でライセンスされていますので、翻訳作業をする場合はそれを確認した上で'''自分で訳した訳文を'''掲載してください。自分で訳したものでないと、著作権違反になる場合があります。 4ef113357c7e5e83884d463952ee7f3ef8d633f5 268 259 2023-01-16T23:29:14Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 構成を作成 wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiにはいくつかの'''独自仕様'''が存在します。<code>PEP</code>名前空間や、<code>Code</code>名前空間がまさにその例です。 ==PEP名前空間== {{See also|PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法}} PEP名前空間は、[[PEP]]の原文および訳文を掲載する名前空間です。1記事1PEPで構成されていて、メインページに最新の訳文、サブページに原文や過去の版を載せます。ページ構成は以下の通りです。 <pre> PEP:1 |- PEP:1/原文 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230231 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230231/原文 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230931 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230931/原文 </pre> ほとんどのPEPはCC0（クリエイティブ・コモンズ・ゼロ）でライセンスされていますので、翻訳作業をする場合はそれを確認した上で'''自分で訳した訳文を'''掲載してください。自分で訳したものでないと、著作権違反になる場合があります。 9e2eb4cb61dcecd4878f4c1590201e09d0fbfb73 292 268 2023-01-27T06:17:07Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiにはいくつかの'''独自仕様'''が存在します。<code>PEP</code>名前空間や、<code>Code</code>名前空間がまさにその例です。 ==PEP名前空間== {{See also|PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法}} PEP名前空間は、[[PEP]]の原文および訳文を掲載する名前空間です。1記事1PEPで構成されていて、メインページに最新の訳文、サブページに原文や過去の版を載せます。ページ構成は以下の通りです。 <pre> PEP:1 |- PEP:1/原文 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230231 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230231/原文 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230931 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230931/原文 </pre> ほとんどのPEPはCC0（クリエイティブ・コモンズ・ゼロ）でライセンスされていますので、翻訳作業をする場合はそれを確認した上で'''自分で訳した訳文を'''掲載してください。自分で訳したものでないと、著作権違反になる場合があります。 ==Code名前空間== {{See also|PythonWiki:Code名前空間}} Code名前空間は、Pythonで書かれたプログラムのソースコードを載せるための場所です。主に[[if]]などでコードの例を書くために使用します。ライセンスはCC BY-SA 4.0なので、互換性のあるソースコードのみ掲載してください。また、他の場所からの転載の場合は[[PythonWiki:著作権]]を参考に著作者の継承を忘れず行ってください。 9b347e1a3ee1ff9f4112225e0316dae672133e18 0 5 261 7 2023-01-16T05:07:55Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2'''(パイソン2)は、Pythonの2番目のメジャーバージョン。このバージョンからPythonの知名度が上がっていった。 ==マイナーバージョン一覧== * [[Python2.0]] * [[Python2.1]] * [[Python2.2]] * [[Python2.3]] * [[Python2.4]] * [[Python2.5]] * [[Python2.6]] * [[Python2.7]] {{Stub}} [[カテゴリ:Pythonのバージョン|2]] [[カテゴリ:Python2|*]] 0ab25a05b06db7ade6e85eee5c7570dc36e3eba1 10 78 262 226 2023-01-16T05:31:16Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 作成 wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="background-color: #FFFFCC; border: 2px solid #616161; padding: 3px 12px 3px 7px; margin: 0 auto 1em; text-align:center;" |- | '''この記事は[[PythonWiki:スタブ|書きかけ]]です。'''<span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=edit}} この記事を加筆・訂正]</span>などしてくださる[[:カテゴリ:スタブ|協力者を求めています。]] |} <includeonly>[[カテゴリ:スタブ]]</includeonly> <!--{{Asbox | name = Stub | category = スタブ | tempsort = * }}{{#switch: {{FULLPAGENAME}} |PythonWiki:スタブ |PythonWiki:スタブカテゴリ = [[Category:スタブ|*]] }}--> <noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 9d3b9e12f4b120678d0143fdc29468c5cf104aae 266 262 2023-01-16T23:21:03Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 msgboxを使って書き直し wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox |color=#FFFFCC |title=この記事は[[PythonWiki:スタブ|書きかけ]]です。 |text=<span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=edit}} この記事を加筆・訂正]</span>などしてくださる[[:カテゴリ:スタブ|協力者を求めています。]] }} <includeonly>[[カテゴリ:スタブ]]</includeonly> <noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 9ad3c5613ab2dbc828d77664a570931b31560c9f 0 119 263 2023-01-16T23:12:26Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python2.5'''(パイソン2.5)は、[[Python2]]系の5番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.5'''(パイソン2.5)は、[[Python2]]系の5番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}} 7b471b496fde9af0e1abac7b37a303101889c17b 10 120 264 2023-01-16T23:12:49Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「{{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Stub}} 422fbc214fe0de55f7625543ea71f3ccc704fe37 10 121 265 2023-01-16T23:19:06Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「{| style="background-color: {{{color|#CCFFFF}}}; border: 1px solid #616161; padding: 3px 12px 3px 7px; margin: 0 auto 1em; text-align:center;" |- {{#if:{{{noimage|}}}||{{!}} {{{image|[[File:Ambox_content.png|35px]]}}}}} | '''{{{title}}}'''<br>{{{text}}} |}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude>」 wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="background-color: {{{color|#CCFFFF}}}; border: 1px solid #616161; padding: 3px 12px 3px 7px; margin: 0 auto 1em; text-align:center;" |- {{#if:{{{noimage|}}}||{{!}} {{{image|[[File:Ambox_content.png|35px]]}}}}} | '''{{{title}}}'''<br>{{{text}}} |}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 15b23a1c86cb560a6f836b77a3b9ca53aa51ad66 3000 3 267 224 2023-01-16T23:22:23Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 テンプレートはいらないので削除 wikitext text/x-wiki =編集者向け：ようこそ！= PythonWiki日本語版に貢献してくださりありがとうございます。このWikiにはいくつかの基本方針がありますので、まずそちらを読むことを推奨します。(なお現在方針の一部は策定中です。策定されていない方針には拘束力はありませんので無視して構いません。) * [[PythonWiki:基本方針]] * [[PythonWiki:投稿ブロックの方針]] * [[PythonWiki:記事作成の基準]] * [[PythonWiki:お知らせ]] ==編集の仕方== 編集が初めてですか?以下の記事を参考にして記事を作成してみてください。 * [[PythonWiki:記事の作成方法]] * [[PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法]] ** [[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]] * [[PythonWiki:記事の編集方法]] * [[PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧]] 8b456c57075b092d6b343dcac03cbeff7fcc2931 291 267 2023-01-27T06:13:14Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki =編集者向け：ようこそ！= PythonWiki日本語版に貢献してくださりありがとうございます。このWikiにはいくつかの基本方針がありますので、まずそちらを読むことを推奨します。(なお現在方針の一部は策定中です。策定されていない方針には拘束力はありませんので無視して構いません。) * [[PythonWiki:基本方針]] * [[PythonWiki:投稿ブロックの方針]] * [[PythonWiki:独立記事作成の目安]] * [[PythonWiki:お知らせ]] * [[PythonWiki:独自仕様]] ==編集の仕方== 編集が初めてですか?以下の記事を参考にして記事を作成してみてください。 * [[PythonWiki:記事の作成方法]] * [[PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法]] ** [[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]] * [[PythonWiki:記事の編集方法]] * [[PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧]] 55badcb7eb9190264d64c706c91e37e1475233b3 10 122 269 2023-01-17T23:42:49Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「{{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事はスタイルが規則に従っていません。編集してスタイルを整えましょう。}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事はスタイルが規則に従っていません。編集してスタイルを整えましょう。}} 50d5e7b9f1f7ec8017ad2e4adb8e14d3f0658d8a 10 123 270 2023-01-18T01:43:22Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「{{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事はスタイルが規則に従うように調整中です。あなたも編集してスタイルを整えましょう。}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事はスタイルが規則に従うように調整中です。あなたも編集してスタイルを整えましょう。}} f121306fb7a5716c741492c0358355af95d67943 10 124 271 2023-01-18T01:43:59Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「{{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事は翻訳されていません。編集して日本語に翻訳しましょう。}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事は翻訳されていません。編集して日本語に翻訳しましょう。}} eac3c453becc3b0f2c684097a43b2bd999c0aead 10 125 272 2023-01-18T01:44:38Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「{{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事は現在翻訳中です。あなたも編集して日本語に翻訳しましょう。}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事は現在翻訳中です。あなたも編集して日本語に翻訳しましょう。}} e0908c345284e1c3f37f13eca5d08500cb33e258 3006 126 273 2023-01-18T23:29:29Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「<syntaxhighlight lang="python"> a = input() if a == "ok": print("OK!") print("Not OK!") </syntaxhighlight><noinclude>このコードは[[if]]文を使うときの例です。 [[input]]で入力を受け付け、入力が<code>ok</code>なら<code>OK!</code>と、それ以外なら<code>Not OK!</code>と出力します。 <noinclude>」 wikitext text/x-wiki <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> a = input() if a == "ok": print("OK!") print("Not OK!") </syntaxhighlight><noinclude>このコードは[[if]]文を使うときの例です。 [[input]]で入力を受け付け、入力が<code>ok</code>なら<code>OK!</code>と、それ以外なら<code>Not OK!</code>と出力します。 <noinclude> 9ed7afacc715b316b7a5f644857650a7dbb9821d 10 127 274 2023-01-19T00:02:50Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「{{Code:{{{1}}}}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Code:{{{1}}}}} f97d4254f891a1095ecde09109a5f01cee8e0971 276 274 2023-01-19T00:05:58Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 詳細を見るを追加 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Code:{{{1}}}}} <div style="text-align: right; font-size: small;">[[Code:{{{1}}}|詳細を見る]]</div><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> f5439e5d689ec6304e7c52634f777f2cdaabe2f3 0 115 275 255 2023-01-19T00:03:39Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 コード例をテンプレートを使って改善 wikitext text/x-wiki '''if'''(いふ)とは、Pythonで分岐を示す構文である。 ==コード例== {{load code|example if}} このコードでは、[[input]]を使って入力を受け取った後分岐をしている。入力が<code>ok</code>であれば<code>OK!</code>を出力し、そうでなければ<code>Not OK!</code>を出力する。 a348c988e5610b9a78cf997c98e58f54a671e230 2 1 277 1 2023-01-19T13:29:09Z Reception123 8 Reception123 がページ「[[利用者:Buel/Intro]]」を「[[利用者:Buehl106/Intro]]」に、リダイレクトを残さずに移動しました: 「[[Special:CentralAuth/Buel|Buel]]」から「[[Special:CentralAuth/Buehl106|Buehl106]]」への利用者名変更に伴い、自動的にページが移動されました。 wikitext text/x-wiki ビュールです。Metaで権限を持っているのでお役に立てることがあるかも。 [[利用者:Buel|Buel]] ([[利用者・トーク:Buel|トーク]]) 2022年12月30日 (金) 23:16 (JST) c91912ca66afa8516c068a8122913030bf043bcf 3000 128 278 2023-01-20T04:39:42Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「記事を作るときは、以下のポイントに注意してください。 * Pythonに関係しているか? * 正しい情報か? これらに気をつけながら記事を作成したら、内容を書き始めましょう。 ==基本構成== 記事の種類ごとに異なります。 ===構文・組み込み関数=== Pythonの構文や組み込み関数に関する記事は、[[if]]や[[print]]のように、コード例とその解説を入れておきま…」 wikitext text/x-wiki 記事を作るときは、以下のポイントに注意してください。 * Pythonに関係しているか? * 正しい情報か? これらに気をつけながら記事を作成したら、内容を書き始めましょう。 ==基本構成== 記事の種類ごとに異なります。 ===構文・組み込み関数=== Pythonの構文や組み込み関数に関する記事は、[[if]]や[[print]]のように、コード例とその解説を入れておきましょう。 また、リダイレクトとして、構文には[[if文]]、[[if構文]]、関数には[[print関数]]などを作成しておくとよいでしょう。 (ただし、[[print構文]]は別の記事として作成されています。これは、printが関数ではなく構文であった時期があるためです。) ==ライブラリ== ライブラリの記事では、そのライブラリにあるクラスや関数について解説しましょう。 [[urllib]]などはdocsで下位モジュールごとにページが作成されているため、それに従って[[urllib/parse]]などの構成にすることを推奨します。 df3906a85c687cd5339e44187b1aceabeecbf129 280 278 2023-01-20T04:42:06Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki 記事を作るときは、以下のポイントに注意してください。 * Pythonに関係しているか? * 正しい情報か? これらに気をつけながら記事を作成したら、内容を書き始めましょう。 ==基本構成== 記事の種類ごとに異なります。 ===構文・組み込み関数=== Pythonの構文や組み込み関数に関する記事は、[[if]]や[[print]]のように、コード例とその解説を入れておきましょう。 また、リダイレクトとして、構文には[[if文]]、[[if構文]]、関数には[[print関数]]などを作成しておくとよいでしょう。 (ただし、[[print構文]]は別の記事として作成されています。これは、printが関数ではなく構文であった時期があるためです。) ===ライブラリ=== ライブラリの記事では、そのライブラリにあるクラスや関数について解説しましょう。 [[urllib]]などはdocsで下位モジュールごとにページが作成されているため、それに従って[[urllib/parse]]などの構成にすることを推奨します。 856ce815f8a28c35738a5a0803314221713cf899 0 129 279 2023-01-20T04:39:57Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 [[If]]への転送ページ wikitext text/x-wiki #転送 [[if]] 4fd79dd9c8fdc5d8bb222d0c80f6657c1f25e679 0 130 281 2023-01-20T04:42:18Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 [[If]]への転送ページ wikitext text/x-wiki #転送 [[if]] 4fd79dd9c8fdc5d8bb222d0c80f6657c1f25e679 8 109 282 244 2023-01-20T04:43:02Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 はじめにを追加 wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * SEARCH * PythonWiki ** PythonWiki:はじめに|はじめに ** PythonWiki:基本方針|基本方針 ** PythonWiki:お知らせ|お知らせ ** PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧|作成すべき項目一覧 ** PythonWiki:独自仕様|独自仕様 * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES 89786a6c45c0404c74e12f1aac0a93911a5ca038 0 131 283 2023-01-24T05:55:47Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「Python2.6は、Python2系の6番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki Python2.6は、Python2系の6番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}} bff6477a5feb482ed76eca04ece5af146b9c1cc2 3000 101 284 231 2023-01-24T05:57:21Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 カテゴリ追加 wikitext text/x-wiki PythonWikiでの'''スタブ'''とは、記事がまだ十分な内容ではないことです。[[テンプレート:Stub|Stub]]テンプレートが貼られた記事には編集して加筆する必要があります。ぜひ加筆して内容を充実させましょう。 [[カテゴリ:スタブ|*]] [[カテゴリ:プロジェクト関連文書]] {{DEFAULTSORT:すたふ}} 4a4c51bb4e3a5a0761b03d0e2775ea52a86172ae 14 132 285 2023-01-24T06:04:27Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「PythonWikiの管理に利用するページの一覧です。」 wikitext text/x-wiki PythonWikiの管理に利用するページの一覧です。 ac138ecce88d46dddfb59e30926b335d41a69535 0 133 286 2023-01-24T06:06:05Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python2.7'''は、[[Python2]]系の7番目、かつ最後のマイナーバージョン。2020年にサポートが終了した。リリースは[[Python3.0]]よりも後である。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.7'''は、[[Python2]]系の7番目、かつ最後のマイナーバージョン。2020年にサポートが終了した。リリースは[[Python3.0]]よりも後である。 {{Stub}} d303eb941bc9e36e7381988e8c1e4fbffd09a937 0 134 287 2023-01-24T06:08:04Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''構文'''は、Pythonに組み込まれていて変更できない言語基盤。構文に使用される文字列(statement)は全て予約語であり、変数名などには使用できない。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''構文'''は、Pythonに組み込まれていて変更できない言語基盤。構文に使用される文字列(statement)は全て予約語であり、変数名などには使用できない。 {{Stub}} b753f51ca8894b2c319d4128ba1b136e934dfa5a 3000 4 288 242 2023-01-24T06:16:53Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 追記 wikitext text/x-wiki ここではPythonWikiにおいて作成されるべきだがまだ存在しない項目の一覧が掲載されています。作成したい記事のリンクを押して作成してください。なおこのリストは手動で管理されているため、すでに作成されているのにこのリストにまだある記事を見かけた場合は編集して除去してください。 なお、このリストにあるものが全てではありません。各自で作成したい記事があるときにはこの一覧になくても構いません。 また、作成はされたが内容が足りず、強化を図るべきだという記事は[[PythonWiki:現在の強化記事]]や[[カテゴリ:スタブ]]に載っていますのでこちらをご覧ください。目標は1記事3000バイトです。(記事作成の最低バイト数条件はありませんが、500バイトを目安にしてください。) ==Pythonバージョン== * [[Python3]] ** [[Python3.0]] ** [[Python3.1]] ** [[Python3.2]] ** [[Python3.3]] ** [[Python3.4]] ** [[Python3.5]] ** [[Python3.6]] ** [[Python3.7]] ** [[Python3.8]] ** [[Python3.9]] ** [[Python3.10]] ** [[Python3.11]] ==構文と関数、定数== * [[構文]] ** [[if]] ** [[else]] ** [[for]] ** [[while]] ** [[break]] ** [[continue]] ** [[del]] ** [[raise]] * [[組み込み関数]] ** [[print]] ** [[input]] ** [[max]] ** [[min]] * [[組み込み定数]] ==Pythonの実装== * [[CPython]] * [[Cython]] * [[Jython]] [[カテゴリ:プロジェクト関連文書]] {{DEFAULTSORT:さくせいすへきこうもくのいちらん}} 3a1acb84c72d9a454baaa0231089209484bf1f93 2 114 289 254 2023-01-25T07:36:58Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki yaakiyu.jpです。いろんなwikiやってます。 ==自分のやってるwiki一覧== * [[PythonWiki]] * [https://mstdn.miraheze.org/wiki/メインページ マストドン日本語ウィキ] * [https://ysmwiki.miraheze.org/wiki/メインページ Ysmwiki] * [https://wikidemocracy.miraheze.org/wiki/メインページ WikiDemocracy] {{template:記事作成}} e666df795815e05458c403d21a6a792a87098237 290 289 2023-01-25T07:46:35Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki yaakiyu.jpです。いろんなwikiやってます。 ==自分のやってるwiki一覧== * '''PythonWiki''' * [https://mstdn.miraheze.org/wiki/メインページ マストドン日本語ウィキ] * [https://ysmwiki.miraheze.org/wiki/メインページ Ysmwiki] * [https://wikidemocracy.miraheze.org/wiki/メインページ WikiDemocracy] ==記事作成== ↓記事作れる便利なやつ({{[[template:記事作成]]}}で自分の置きたいところにおける。) {{template:記事作成}} 649756d767fa8389cae0d969bbd8413bd012f72b 0 135 293 2023-01-30T04:45:11Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.0'''(パイソン3.0)は、[[Python3]]系の最初のバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.0'''(パイソン3.0)は、[[Python3]]系の最初のバージョン。 {{Stub}} 3e5143a0442cb451eb7bf1b248ca1d70d9b89773 307 293 2023-01-30T04:57:58Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 追記 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.0'''(パイソン3.0)は、[[Python3]]系の最初のマイナーバージョン。2008年12月3日にリリースされた。 ==バグ修正リリース== Python3.0には一つのバグ修正リリースが含まれる。 * [[Python3.0.1]] ==外部リンク== * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/3.0/ Python 3.0 Release | Python.org] * [https://docs.python.org/ja/3/whatsnew/3.0.html What's New In Python 3.0 - Python 3 Documents] {{Stub}} 3af6e965b5e31f5efdc974ac4ba2810aa4cef630 0 136 294 2023-01-30T04:45:49Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.1'''(パイソン3.1)は、[[Python3]]系の1番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.1'''(パイソン3.1)は、[[Python3]]系の1番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 6ec978fd702029778de3cf343e3ceec981ebe21a 0 137 295 2023-01-30T04:46:30Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.2'''(パイソン3.2)は、[[Python3]]系の2番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.2'''(パイソン3.2)は、[[Python3]]系の2番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} c183fba75bc7f869677fe8e3d747eb357efde53f 0 138 296 2023-01-30T04:46:58Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.3'''(パイソン3.3)は、[[Python3]]系の3番目のマイナーバージョン。」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.3'''(パイソン3.3)は、[[Python3]]系の3番目のマイナーバージョン。 0df1752989e23d5c01446a845f6ec29383068124 306 296 2023-01-30T04:54:03Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 スタブを追加 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.3'''(パイソン3.3)は、[[Python3]]系の3番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 8ab98dfe010fcb71979522624f2d22a6933d05e9 0 139 297 2023-01-30T04:47:32Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.4'''(パイソン3.4)は、[[Python3]]系の4番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.4'''(パイソン3.4)は、[[Python3]]系の4番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} dd5509571828efae824264df775d60c17be77415 0 140 298 2023-01-30T04:48:13Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.5'''(パイソン3.5)は、[[Python3]]系の5番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.5'''(パイソン3.5)は、[[Python3]]系の5番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 78375042ea7071d75d752c9fa2e574b5de2ddc41 0 141 299 2023-01-30T04:48:46Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.6'''(パイソン3.6)は、[[Python3]]系の6番目のマイナーバージョン。」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.6'''(パイソン3.6)は、[[Python3]]系の6番目のマイナーバージョン。 bdd9ede92a218c613c6b3af04973156a74ef1fe1 0 142 300 2023-01-30T04:49:17Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.7'''(パイソン3.7)は、[[Python3]]系の7番目のマイナーバージョン。」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.7'''(パイソン3.7)は、[[Python3]]系の7番目のマイナーバージョン。 8d8092bbdfbf26a773208b4a71394196fe86af6c 301 300 2023-01-30T04:49:35Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 スタブ追加 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.7'''(パイソン3.7)は、[[Python3]]系の7番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 933561129bbfb6deb86c56a5569ef3ede1b09694 0 143 302 2023-01-30T04:50:07Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.8'''(パイソン3.8)は、[[Python3]]系の8番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.8'''(パイソン3.8)は、[[Python3]]系の8番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 803a96113f4593984b18b49649259674c7557ae8 0 144 303 2023-01-30T04:50:47Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.9'''(パイソン3.9)は、[[Python3]]系の9番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.9'''(パイソン3.9)は、[[Python3]]系の9番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} d7793cd08a927f078ae87ae1da302a1b74c64f21 0 145 304 2023-01-30T04:51:23Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.10'''(パイソン3.10)は、[[Python3]]系の10番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.10'''(パイソン3.10)は、[[Python3]]系の10番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} e2636fad0b6fd45d66dd7b29e9fcfd9924ef7b35 0 146 305 2023-01-30T04:51:56Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.11'''(パイソン3.11)は、[[Python3]]系の11番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.11'''(パイソン3.11)は、[[Python3]]系の11番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 25b94a7826b3eaed8efd934be055e8beb8a3314f 3002 147 308 2023-01-30T05:01:57Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「 {{PEP project スタイル未調整}} = PEP 3105 – Make print a function = ; <nowiki>Author:</nowiki> : Georg Brandl <georg at python.org> ; <nowiki>Status:</nowiki> : <abbr>Final</abbr> ; <nowiki>Type:</nowiki> : <abbr>Standards Track</abbr> ; <nowiki>Created:</nowiki> : 19-Nov-2006 ; <nowiki>Python-Version:</nowiki> : 3.0 ; <nowiki>Post-History:</nowiki> == Abstract == The title says it all – this PEP proposes a new <code>print()</code> builtin that replac…」 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PEP project スタイル未調整}} = PEP 3105 – Make print a function = ; <nowiki>Author:</nowiki> : Georg Brandl <georg at python.org> ; <nowiki>Status:</nowiki> : <abbr>Final</abbr> ; <nowiki>Type:</nowiki> : <abbr>Standards Track</abbr> ; <nowiki>Created:</nowiki> : 19-Nov-2006 ; <nowiki>Python-Version:</nowiki> : 3.0 ; <nowiki>Post-History:</nowiki> == Abstract == The title says it all – this PEP proposes a new <code>print()</code> builtin that replaces the <code>print</code> statement and suggests a specific signature for the new function. == Rationale == The <code>print</code> statement has long appeared on lists of dubious language features that are to be removed in Python 3000, such as Guido’s “Python Regrets” presentation [1]. As such, the objective of this PEP is not new, though it might become much disputed among Python developers. The following arguments for a <code>print()</code> function are distilled from a python-3000 message by Guido himself [2]: * <code>print</code> is the only application-level functionality that has a statement dedicated to it. Within Python’s world, syntax is generally used as a last resort, when something ''can’t'' be done without help from the compiler. Print doesn’t qualify for such an exception. * At some point in application development one quite often feels the need to replace <code>print</code> output by something more sophisticated, like logging calls or calls into some other I/O library. With a <code>print()</code>function, this is a straightforward string replacement, today it is a mess adding all those parentheses and possibly converting <code>>>stream</code> style syntax. * Having special syntax for <code>print</code> puts up a much larger barrier for evolution, e.g. a hypothetical new <code>printf()</code> function is not too far fetched when it will coexist with a <code>print()</code> function. * There’s no easy way to convert <code>print</code> statements into another call if one needs a different separator, not spaces, or none at all. Also, there’s no easy way ''at all'' to conveniently print objects with some other separator than a space. * If <code>print()</code> is a function, it would be much easier to replace it within one module (just <code>defprint(*args):...</code>) or even throughout a program (e.g. by putting a different function in <code>__builtin__.print</code>). As it is, one can do this by writing a class with a <code>write()</code> method and assigning that to <code>sys.stdout</code> – that’s not bad, but definitely a much larger conceptual leap, and it works at a different level than print. == Specification == The signature for <code>print()</code>, taken from various mailings and recently posted on the python-3000 list [3] is: def print(*args, sep=' ', end='\n', file=None) A call like: print(a, b, c, file=sys.stderr) will be equivalent to today’s: print >>sys.stderr, a, b, c while the optional <code>sep</code> and <code>end</code> arguments specify what is printed between and after the arguments, respectively. The <code>softspace</code> feature (a semi-secret attribute on files currently used to tell print whether to insert a space before the first item) will be removed. Therefore, there will not be a direct translation for today’s: print "a", print which will not print a space between the <code>"a"</code> and the newline. == Backwards Compatibility == The changes proposed in this PEP will render most of today’s <code>print</code> statements invalid. Only those which incidentally feature parentheses around all of their arguments will continue to be valid Python syntax in version 3.0, and of those, only the ones printing a single parenthesized value will continue to do the same thing. For example, in 2.x: >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") ('Hello', 'world') whereas in 3.0: >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") Hello world Luckily, as it is a statement in Python 2, <code>print</code> can be detected and replaced reliably and non-ambiguously by an automated tool, so there should be no major porting problems (provided someone writes the mentioned tool). == Implementation == The proposed changes were implemented in the Python 3000 branch in the Subversion revisions 53685 to 53704. Most of the legacy code in the library has been converted too, but it is an ongoing effort to catch every print statement that may be left in the distribution. == References == ; [1] : <nowiki>http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf</nowiki> ; [2] : Replacement for print in Python 3.0 (Guido van Rossum) <nowiki>https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-dev/2005-September/056154.html</nowiki> ; [3] : print() parameters in py3k (Guido van Rossum) <nowiki>https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-3000/2006-November/004485.html</nowiki> == Copyright == This document has been placed in the public domain. ----Source: <nowiki>https://github.com/python/peps/blob/main/pep-3105.txt</nowiki> Last modified: 2017-11-11 19:28:55 GMT 50f727cdb4983ddfc905e6f37ea5f187556596d9 312 308 2023-02-08T00:49:37Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 スタイル修正1 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PEP project スタイル未調整}} = PEP 3105 – Make print a function = {{PEP info |author=Georg Brandl <georg at python.org> |Status=Final |Type=Standards Track |Created=19-Nov-2006 |Python-Version=3.0 |Post-History=}} == Abstract == The title says it all – this PEP proposes a new <code>print()</code> builtin that replaces the <code>print</code> statement and suggests a specific signature for the new function. == Rationale == The <code>print</code> statement has long appeared on lists of dubious language features that are to be removed in Python 3000, such as Guido’s “Python Regrets” presentation [1]. As such, the objective of this PEP is not new, though it might become much disputed among Python developers. The following arguments for a <code>print()</code> function are distilled from a python-3000 message by Guido himself [2]: * <code>print</code> is the only application-level functionality that has a statement dedicated to it. Within Python’s world, syntax is generally used as a last resort, when something ''can’t'' be done without help from the compiler. Print doesn’t qualify for such an exception. * At some point in application development one quite often feels the need to replace <code>print</code> output by something more sophisticated, like logging calls or calls into some other I/O library. With a <code>print()</code>function, this is a straightforward string replacement, today it is a mess adding all those parentheses and possibly converting <code>>>stream</code> style syntax. * Having special syntax for <code>print</code> puts up a much larger barrier for evolution, e.g. a hypothetical new <code>printf()</code> function is not too far fetched when it will coexist with a <code>print()</code> function. * There’s no easy way to convert <code>print</code> statements into another call if one needs a different separator, not spaces, or none at all. Also, there’s no easy way ''at all'' to conveniently print objects with some other separator than a space. * If <code>print()</code> is a function, it would be much easier to replace it within one module (just <code>defprint(*args):...</code>) or even throughout a program (e.g. by putting a different function in <code>__builtin__.print</code>). As it is, one can do this by writing a class with a <code>write()</code> method and assigning that to <code>sys.stdout</code> – that’s not bad, but definitely a much larger conceptual leap, and it works at a different level than print. == Specification == The signature for <code>print()</code>, taken from various mailings and recently posted on the python-3000 list [3] is: def print(*args, sep=' ', end='\n', file=None) A call like: print(a, b, c, file=sys.stderr) will be equivalent to today’s: print >>sys.stderr, a, b, c while the optional <code>sep</code> and <code>end</code> arguments specify what is printed between and after the arguments, respectively. The <code>softspace</code> feature (a semi-secret attribute on files currently used to tell print whether to insert a space before the first item) will be removed. Therefore, there will not be a direct translation for today’s: print "a", print which will not print a space between the <code>"a"</code> and the newline. == Backwards Compatibility == The changes proposed in this PEP will render most of today’s <code>print</code> statements invalid. Only those which incidentally feature parentheses around all of their arguments will continue to be valid Python syntax in version 3.0, and of those, only the ones printing a single parenthesized value will continue to do the same thing. For example, in 2.x: >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") ('Hello', 'world') whereas in 3.0: >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") Hello world Luckily, as it is a statement in Python 2, <code>print</code> can be detected and replaced reliably and non-ambiguously by an automated tool, so there should be no major porting problems (provided someone writes the mentioned tool). == Implementation == The proposed changes were implemented in the Python 3000 branch in the Subversion revisions 53685 to 53704. Most of the legacy code in the library has been converted too, but it is an ongoing effort to catch every print statement that may be left in the distribution. == References == ; [1] : <nowiki>http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf</nowiki> ; [2] : Replacement for print in Python 3.0 (Guido van Rossum) <nowiki>https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-dev/2005-September/056154.html</nowiki> ; [3] : print() parameters in py3k (Guido van Rossum) <nowiki>https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-3000/2006-November/004485.html</nowiki> == Copyright == This document has been placed in the public domain. ----Source: <nowiki>https://github.com/python/peps/blob/main/pep-3105.txt</nowiki> Last modified: 2017-11-11 19:28:55 GMT 0f58f961180d9f322cfb129f90129c1636b5e613 313 312 2023-02-08T02:10:46Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 スタイル修正2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PEP project スタイル未調整}} = PEP 3105 – Make print a function = {{PEP info |author=Georg Brandl <georg at python.org> |Status=Final |Type=Standards Track |Created=19-Nov-2006 |Python-Version=3.0 |Post-History=}} == Abstract == The title says it all – this PEP proposes a new <code>print()</code> builtin that replaces the <code>print</code> statement and suggests a specific signature for the new function. == Rationale == The <code>print</code> statement has long appeared on lists of dubious language features that are to be removed in Python 3000, such as Guido’s “Python Regrets” presentation<ref>[http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf]</ref>. As such, the objective of this PEP is not new, though it might become much disputed among Python developers. The following arguments for a <code>print()</code> function are distilled from a python-3000 message by Guido himself<ref>[https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-dev/2005-September/056154.html Replacement for print in Python 3.0 (Guido van Rossum)]</ref>: * <code>print</code> is the only application-level functionality that has a statement dedicated to it. Within Python’s world, syntax is generally used as a last resort, when something ''can’t'' be done without help from the compiler. Print doesn’t qualify for such an exception. * At some point in application development one quite often feels the need to replace <code>print</code> output by something more sophisticated, like logging calls or calls into some other I/O library. With a <code>print()</code>function, this is a straightforward string replacement, today it is a mess adding all those parentheses and possibly converting <code>>>stream</code> style syntax. * Having special syntax for <code>print</code> puts up a much larger barrier for evolution, e.g. a hypothetical new <code>printf()</code> function is not too far fetched when it will coexist with a <code>print()</code> function. * There’s no easy way to convert <code>print</code> statements into another call if one needs a different separator, not spaces, or none at all. Also, there’s no easy way ''at all'' to conveniently print objects with some other separator than a space. * If <code>print()</code> is a function, it would be much easier to replace it within one module (just <code>defprint(*args):...</code>) or even throughout a program (e.g. by putting a different function in <code>__builtin__.print</code>). As it is, one can do this by writing a class with a <code>write()</code> method and assigning that to <code>sys.stdout</code> – that’s not bad, but definitely a much larger conceptual leap, and it works at a different level than print. == Specification == The signature for <code>print()</code>, taken from various mailings and recently posted on the python-3000 list<ref>[https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-3000/2006-November/004485.html print() parameters in py3k (Guido van Rossum)]</ref> is: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> def print(*args, sep=' ', end='\n', file=None) </syntaxhighlight> A call like: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print(a, b, c, file=sys.stderr) </syntaxhighlight> will be equivalent to today’s: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print >>sys.stderr, a, b, c </syntaxhighlight> while the optional <code>sep</code> and <code>end</code> arguments specify what is printed between and after the arguments, respectively. The <code>softspace</code> feature (a semi-secret attribute on files currently used to tell print whether to insert a space before the first item) will be removed. Therefore, there will not be a direct translation for today’s: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print "a", print </syntaxhighlight> which will not print a space between the <code>"a"</code> and the newline. == Backwards Compatibility == The changes proposed in this PEP will render most of today’s <code>print</code> statements invalid. Only those which incidentally feature parentheses around all of their arguments will continue to be valid Python syntax in version 3.0, and of those, only the ones printing a single parenthesized value will continue to do the same thing. For example, in 2.x: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") ('Hello', 'world') </syntaxhighlight> whereas in 3.0: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") Hello world </syntaxhighlight> Luckily, as it is a statement in Python 2, <code>print</code> can be detected and replaced reliably and non-ambiguously by an automated tool, so there should be no major porting problems (provided someone writes the mentioned tool). == Implementation == The proposed changes were implemented in the Python 3000 branch in the Subversion revisions 53685 to 53704. Most of the legacy code in the library has been converted too, but it is an ongoing effort to catch every print statement that may be left in the distribution. == References == <references /> == Copyright == This document has been placed in the public domain. ----Source: <nowiki>https://github.com/python/peps/blob/main/pep-3105.txt</nowiki> Last modified: 2017-11-11 19:28:55 GMT 04905beab12449a34e172d015101ce55385f21eb 314 313 2023-02-08T02:13:21Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 スタイル調整3 (最後の部分など) wikitext text/x-wiki {{PEP project スタイル調整中}} = PEP 3105 – Make print a function = {{PEP info |author=Georg Brandl <georg at python.org> |Status=Final |Type=Standards Track |Created=19-Nov-2006 |Python-Version=3.0 |Post-History=}} == Abstract == The title says it all – this PEP proposes a new <code>print()</code> builtin that replaces the <code>print</code> statement and suggests a specific signature for the new function. == Rationale == The <code>print</code> statement has long appeared on lists of dubious language features that are to be removed in Python 3000, such as Guido’s “Python Regrets” presentation<ref>[http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf]</ref>. As such, the objective of this PEP is not new, though it might become much disputed among Python developers. The following arguments for a <code>print()</code> function are distilled from a python-3000 message by Guido himself<ref>[https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-dev/2005-September/056154.html Replacement for print in Python 3.0 (Guido van Rossum)]</ref>: * <code>print</code> is the only application-level functionality that has a statement dedicated to it. Within Python’s world, syntax is generally used as a last resort, when something ''can’t'' be done without help from the compiler. Print doesn’t qualify for such an exception. * At some point in application development one quite often feels the need to replace <code>print</code> output by something more sophisticated, like logging calls or calls into some other I/O library. With a <code>print()</code>function, this is a straightforward string replacement, today it is a mess adding all those parentheses and possibly converting <code>>>stream</code> style syntax. * Having special syntax for <code>print</code> puts up a much larger barrier for evolution, e.g. a hypothetical new <code>printf()</code> function is not too far fetched when it will coexist with a <code>print()</code> function. * There’s no easy way to convert <code>print</code> statements into another call if one needs a different separator, not spaces, or none at all. Also, there’s no easy way ''at all'' to conveniently print objects with some other separator than a space. * If <code>print()</code> is a function, it would be much easier to replace it within one module (just <code>defprint(*args):...</code>) or even throughout a program (e.g. by putting a different function in <code>__builtin__.print</code>). As it is, one can do this by writing a class with a <code>write()</code> method and assigning that to <code>sys.stdout</code> – that’s not bad, but definitely a much larger conceptual leap, and it works at a different level than print. == Specification == The signature for <code>print()</code>, taken from various mailings and recently posted on the python-3000 list<ref>[https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-3000/2006-November/004485.html print() parameters in py3k (Guido van Rossum)]</ref> is: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> def print(*args, sep=' ', end='\n', file=None) </syntaxhighlight> A call like: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print(a, b, c, file=sys.stderr) </syntaxhighlight> will be equivalent to today’s: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print >>sys.stderr, a, b, c </syntaxhighlight> while the optional <code>sep</code> and <code>end</code> arguments specify what is printed between and after the arguments, respectively. The <code>softspace</code> feature (a semi-secret attribute on files currently used to tell print whether to insert a space before the first item) will be removed. Therefore, there will not be a direct translation for today’s: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print "a", print </syntaxhighlight> which will not print a space between the <code>"a"</code> and the newline. == Backwards Compatibility == The changes proposed in this PEP will render most of today’s <code>print</code> statements invalid. Only those which incidentally feature parentheses around all of their arguments will continue to be valid Python syntax in version 3.0, and of those, only the ones printing a single parenthesized value will continue to do the same thing. For example, in 2.x: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") ('Hello', 'world') </syntaxhighlight> whereas in 3.0: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") Hello world </syntaxhighlight> Luckily, as it is a statement in Python 2, <code>print</code> can be detected and replaced reliably and non-ambiguously by an automated tool, so there should be no major porting problems (provided someone writes the mentioned tool). == Implementation == The proposed changes were implemented in the Python 3000 branch in the Subversion revisions 53685 to 53704. Most of the legacy code in the library has been converted too, but it is an ongoing effort to catch every print statement that may be left in the distribution. == References == <references /> == Copyright == This document has been placed in the public domain. ----Source: [https://github.com/python/peps/blob/main/pep-3105.txt https://github.com/python/peps/blob/main/pep-3105.txt] Last modified: [https://github.com/python/peps/commits/main/pep-3105.txt 2017-11-11 19:28:55 GMT] 74633b241b353ac8073d38afc94545f63c7c1e14 315 314 2023-02-09T00:31:13Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 スタイル調整完了 wikitext text/x-wiki {{PEP project 翻訳未完了}} = PEP 3105 – Make print a function = {{PEP info |author=Georg Brandl <georg at python.org> |Status=Final |Type=Standards Track |Created=19-Nov-2006 |Python-Version=3.0 |Post-History=}} == Abstract == The title says it all – this PEP proposes a new <code>print()</code> builtin that replaces the <code>print</code> statement and suggests a specific signature for the new function. == Rationale == The <code>print</code> statement has long appeared on lists of dubious language features that are to be removed in Python 3000, such as Guido’s “Python Regrets” presentation<ref>[http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf]</ref>. As such, the objective of this PEP is not new, though it might become much disputed among Python developers. The following arguments for a <code>print()</code> function are distilled from a python-3000 message by Guido himself<ref>[https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-dev/2005-September/056154.html Replacement for print in Python 3.0 (Guido van Rossum)]</ref>: * <code>print</code> is the only application-level functionality that has a statement dedicated to it. Within Python’s world, syntax is generally used as a last resort, when something ''can’t'' be done without help from the compiler. Print doesn’t qualify for such an exception. * At some point in application development one quite often feels the need to replace <code>print</code> output by something more sophisticated, like logging calls or calls into some other I/O library. With a <code>print()</code>function, this is a straightforward string replacement, today it is a mess adding all those parentheses and possibly converting <code>>>stream</code> style syntax. * Having special syntax for <code>print</code> puts up a much larger barrier for evolution, e.g. a hypothetical new <code>printf()</code> function is not too far fetched when it will coexist with a <code>print()</code> function. * There’s no easy way to convert <code>print</code> statements into another call if one needs a different separator, not spaces, or none at all. Also, there’s no easy way ''at all'' to conveniently print objects with some other separator than a space. * If <code>print()</code> is a function, it would be much easier to replace it within one module (just <code>defprint(*args):...</code>) or even throughout a program (e.g. by putting a different function in <code>__builtin__.print</code>). As it is, one can do this by writing a class with a <code>write()</code> method and assigning that to <code>sys.stdout</code> – that’s not bad, but definitely a much larger conceptual leap, and it works at a different level than print. == Specification == The signature for <code>print()</code>, taken from various mailings and recently posted on the python-3000 list<ref>[https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-3000/2006-November/004485.html print() parameters in py3k (Guido van Rossum)]</ref> is: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> def print(*args, sep=' ', end='\n', file=None) </syntaxhighlight> A call like: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print(a, b, c, file=sys.stderr) </syntaxhighlight> will be equivalent to today’s: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print >>sys.stderr, a, b, c </syntaxhighlight> while the optional <code>sep</code> and <code>end</code> arguments specify what is printed between and after the arguments, respectively. The <code>softspace</code> feature (a semi-secret attribute on files currently used to tell print whether to insert a space before the first item) will be removed. Therefore, there will not be a direct translation for today’s: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print "a", print </syntaxhighlight> which will not print a space between the <code>"a"</code> and the newline. == Backwards Compatibility == The changes proposed in this PEP will render most of today’s <code>print</code> statements invalid. Only those which incidentally feature parentheses around all of their arguments will continue to be valid Python syntax in version 3.0, and of those, only the ones printing a single parenthesized value will continue to do the same thing. For example, in 2.x: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") ('Hello', 'world') </syntaxhighlight> whereas in 3.0: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") Hello world </syntaxhighlight> Luckily, as it is a statement in Python 2, <code>print</code> can be detected and replaced reliably and non-ambiguously by an automated tool, so there should be no major porting problems (provided someone writes the mentioned tool). == Implementation == The proposed changes were implemented in the Python 3000 branch in the Subversion revisions 53685 to 53704. Most of the legacy code in the library has been converted too, but it is an ongoing effort to catch every print statement that may be left in the distribution. == References == <references /> == Copyright == This document has been placed in the public domain. ----Source: [https://github.com/python/peps/blob/main/pep-3105.txt https://github.com/python/peps/blob/main/pep-3105.txt] Last modified: [https://github.com/python/peps/commits/main/pep-3105.txt 2017-11-11 19:28:55 GMT] f947fd787669f00c08448fe91922845f502d7cfb 3000 117 309 258 2023-01-30T05:25:26Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 追記 wikitext text/x-wiki PEP記事を全て翻訳しよう！というプロジェクトです。 ==ステップ== # [[PEP]]の記事を全てPEP名前空間にコピペする。 # スタイルを整える。 # 日本語に翻訳する(翻訳前のPEPは<code>PEP:1/原文</code>のように、「原文」サブページに移動する。) ==テンプレート== * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整]]}} - スタイルを整える前の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル調整中]]}} - スタイルを整えている記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了]]}} - 未翻訳の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中]]}} - 翻訳作業中の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了]]}} - 翻訳が終わった記事に貼ってください。 ==具対的な操作方法== ===PEPから文章をコピーする=== PEPの文章のほとんどが(おそらくは全てが)パブリックドメインのもと公開されています。ライセンスを確認したら、[[PEP:3105]]のような形式でPEP番号を記事名にして、文章をwiki内にコピーしてください。ビジュアル編集でペーストすると一連の書式もコピーされるので楽です。(<code>Table of Contents</code>(目次)の部分をコピーするとなぜか貼り付けられなくなるのでその部分だけはコピーしないようにしましょう。)ペーストしたら、PEPのタイトルの前に{{[[Template:PEP Project スタイル未調整|スタイル未調整テンプレート]]}}を貼り付けてください。[[特別:転送/revision/308|PEP:3105の初期の版]]のようになれば成功です。プレビューを表示して内容を確認したら、保存しましょう。 ===スタイルの調整=== ===日本語への翻訳=== 日本語への翻訳を始めていない場合には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了|翻訳未完了]]}}、翻訳の作業中で一旦保存したい記事には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中|翻訳中]]}}、翻訳が全て終わった記事には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了|翻訳完了]]}}を貼り付けましょう。 5320b48aaae2fa3333f10f2bcf46fcb3ebbba36b 310 309 2023-01-30T05:29:48Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 追記 wikitext text/x-wiki PEP記事を全て翻訳しよう！というプロジェクトです。 ==ステップ== # [[PEP]]の記事を全てPEP名前空間にコピペする。 # スタイルを整える。 # 日本語に翻訳する(翻訳前のPEPは<code>PEP:1/原文</code>のように、「原文」サブページに移動する。) ==テンプレート== * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整]]}} - スタイルを整える前の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル調整中]]}} - スタイルを整えている記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了]]}} - 未翻訳の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中]]}} - 翻訳作業中の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了]]}} - 翻訳が終わった記事に貼ってください。 ==具対的な操作方法== ===PEPから文章をコピーする=== PEPの文章のほとんどが(おそらくは全てが)パブリックドメインのもと公開されています。ライセンスを確認したら、[[PEP:3105]]のような形式でPEP番号を記事名にして、文章をwiki内にコピーしてください。ビジュアル編集でペーストすると一連の書式もコピーされるので楽です。(<code>Table of Contents</code>(目次)の部分をコピーするとなぜか貼り付けられなくなるのでその部分だけはコピーしないようにしましょう。)ペーストしたら、PEPのタイトルの前に{{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整|スタイル未調整テンプレート]]}}を貼り付けてください。[[特別:転送/revision/308|PEP:3105の初期の版]]のようになれば成功です。プレビューを表示して内容を確認したら、保存しましょう。 ===スタイルの調整=== いくつかのテンプレートを使いながらスタイルを調整します。 ;脚注の修正 :脚注は<code><nowiki><ref></ref></nowiki></code>タグを使用しましょう。[[wikipedia:ja:Help:脚注|Wikipediaの解説]]が参考になります。 ;ステータス関連のテンプレート化 :最初に並んでいるステータス関連の情報は{{[[テンプレート:PEP info]]}}を使用して置き換えてください。 ===日本語への翻訳=== 日本語への翻訳を始めていない場合には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了|翻訳未完了]]}}、翻訳の作業中で一旦保存したい記事には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中|翻訳中]]}}、翻訳が全て終わった記事には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了|翻訳完了]]}}を貼り付けましょう。 2f576214e41912a1a71d42f40ced9276b21f6129 316 310 2023-02-09T00:31:45Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 追記 wikitext text/x-wiki PEP記事を全て翻訳しよう！というプロジェクトです。 ==ステップ== # [[PEP]]の記事を全てPEP名前空間にコピペする。 # スタイルを整える。 # 日本語に翻訳する(翻訳前のPEPは<code>PEP:1/原文</code>のように、「原文」サブページに移動する。) ==テンプレート== * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整]]}} - スタイルを整える前の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル調整中]]}} - スタイルを整えている記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了]]}} - 未翻訳の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中]]}} - 翻訳作業中の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了]]}} - 翻訳が終わった記事に貼ってください。 ==具対的な操作方法== ===PEPから文章をコピーする=== PEPの文章のほとんどが(おそらくは全てが)パブリックドメインのもと公開されています。ライセンスを確認したら、[[PEP:3105]]のような形式でPEP番号を記事名にして、文章をwiki内にコピーしてください。ビジュアル編集でペーストすると一連の書式もコピーされるので楽です。(<code>Table of Contents</code>(目次)の部分をコピーするとなぜか貼り付けられなくなるのでその部分だけはコピーしないようにしましょう。)ペーストしたら、PEPのタイトルの前に{{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整|スタイル未調整テンプレート]]}}を貼り付けてください。[[特別:転送/revision/308|PEP:3105の初期の版]]のようになれば成功です。プレビューを表示して内容を確認したら、保存しましょう。 ===スタイルの調整=== いくつかのテンプレートを使いながらスタイルを調整します。 ;脚注の修正 :脚注は<code><nowiki><ref></ref></nowiki></code>タグを使用しましょう。[[wikipedia:ja:Help:脚注|Wikipediaの解説]]が参考になります。 ;ステータス関連のテンプレート化 :最初に並んでいるステータス関連の情報は{{[[テンプレート:PEP info]]}}を使用して置き換えてください。 ;<code><nowiki><syntaxhighlight></nowiki></code>タグの使用 :原文からコピーした状態だとPythonのコード部分が正確に色付けされていないので、<code><nowiki><syntaxhighlight></nowiki></code>タグで囲って(行の先頭にある空白は除去して)保存しましょう。 * [[特別:転送/revision/314|スタイル調整中]] * [[特別:転送/revision/315|スタイル調整完了後]] スタイルの調整が終わったら、上のリンクのように、翻訳未完了のテンプレートを貼り付けて保存しておいてください。 ===日本語への翻訳=== 日本語への翻訳を始めていない場合には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了|翻訳未完了]]}}、翻訳の作業中で一旦保存したい記事には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中|翻訳中]]}}、翻訳が全て終わった記事には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了|翻訳完了]]}}を貼り付けましょう。 4f9a4a8eed5922d3f2ad5bb507317bb3c93d50ef 10 148 311 2023-02-08T00:47:08Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「{{#if:{{{Author|{{{author|}}}}}}|* '''著者:''' {{{Author|{{{author}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Status|{{{status|}}}}}}|* '''ステータス:''' {{{Status|{{{status}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Type|{{{type|}}}}}}|* '''タイプ:''' {{{Type|{{{type}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Created|{{{created|}}}}}}|* '''作成日時:''' {{{Created|{{{created}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Python-Version|{{{python-version|{{{python|{{{version|}}}}}}}}}}}}|* '''Pythonバージョン:''' {{{Python-Version|{{{python-version|{{{py…」 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{Author|{{{author|}}}}}}|* '''著者:''' {{{Author|{{{author}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Status|{{{status|}}}}}}|* '''ステータス:''' {{{Status|{{{status}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Type|{{{type|}}}}}}|* '''タイプ:''' {{{Type|{{{type}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Created|{{{created|}}}}}}|* '''作成日時:''' {{{Created|{{{created}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Python-Version|{{{python-version|{{{python|{{{version|}}}}}}}}}}}}|* '''Pythonバージョン:''' {{{Python-Version|{{{python-version|{{{python|{{{version}}}}}}}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Post-History|{{{post-history|{{{History|{{{history|}}}}}}}}}}}}|* '''投稿履歴:''' {{{Post-History|{{{post-history|{{{History|{{{history}}}}}}}}}}}}}} 55591ec8c4b7cbf3879747146beae5c52cb3deda 0 2 317 4 2023-02-13T16:06:50Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki ==PythonWiki 日本語版へようこそ== PythonWiki日本語版へようこそ！このwikiでは[[Pythonとは|Python]]に関して日本語で解説しています。 編集者は[[PythonWiki:はじめに|こちら]]をご覧ください。 c04dc576e68f0596d844525b76a5236dd477c32b 319 317 2023-02-14T12:44:00Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 記事数 wikitext text/x-wiki ==PythonWiki 日本語版へようこそ== PythonWiki日本語版へようこそ！このwikiでは[[Pythonとは|Python]]に関して日本語で解説しています。現在の記事数は[[Special:Statistics|{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}}]]本です。 編集者は[[PythonWiki:はじめに|こちら]]をご覧ください。 8743796b476bbc5ba2e49ba7a1d3f9be56e1af2b 2 114 318 290 2023-02-14T00:34:50Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 リンク追加 wikitext text/x-wiki yaakiyu.jpです。いろんなwikiやってます。 ==自分のやってるwiki一覧== * '''PythonWiki''' * [[mh:mstdn:User:Yaakiyu.jp|マストドン日本語ウィキ]] * [[mh:ysmwiki:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Ysmwiki]] * [[mh:wikidemocracy:User:Yaakiyu.jp|WikiDemocracy]] * [[mh:wikilexicon:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikilexicon]] * [[mh:fivehundred:User:Yaakiyu.jp|小国語辞典的wiki]] * ウィキメディア関連 ** [[wikipedia:ja:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikipedia]] ** [[wikipedia:wikibooks:ja:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikibooks]] ** [[wikipedia:voy:ja:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikivoyage]] ** [[wikipedia:wikisource:ja:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikisource]] ** [[wikipedia:wikidata:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikidata]] ==記事作成== ↓記事作れる便利なやつ({{[[template:記事作成]]}}で自分の置きたいところにおける。) {{template:記事作成}} c06682c463fd36ce874c3b2adf6dd7c0f9716561 10 127 320 276 2023-02-14T12:46:21Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 一回これで保存 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Code:{{{1}}}}}<span style="text-align: right; font-size: small;">[[Code:{{{1}}}|詳細を見る]]</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 5a83d82511a32e5b52baa41f04e16e56ab48ad13 0 115 321 275 2023-02-20T01:07:28Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 加筆 wikitext text/x-wiki '''if'''(いふ)とは、Pythonで分岐を示す構文である。if文と共に[[elif]]や[[else]]が用いられる。 ==コード例== {{load code|example if}} このコードでは、[[input]]を使って入力を受け取った後分岐をしている。入力が<code>ok</code>であれば<code>OK!</code>を[[print]]し、そうでなければ<code>Not OK!</code>を出力する。 ==文法== if文は通常、行頭に書く。コロンを用いて条件文の終了を表し、次の行は[[インデント]]を使って分岐後の内容を書く。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Zyouken: Nanika() # ここに分岐後の内容 hoge = "" print(hoge) </syntaxhighlight> また、インデントを使わずに1行で書くこともできるが、[[PEP/8|PEP8]]では推奨されていない。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Koreha:Minikui </syntaxhighlight> 7ffb2eba8b938333ec0d25bdf2ff75d9598abbfe 322 321 2023-02-20T01:08:04Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 誤解の可能性がある部分を修正 wikitext text/x-wiki '''if'''(いふ)とは、Pythonで分岐を示す構文である。if文と共に[[elif]]や[[else]]が用いられる。 ==コード例== {{load code|example if}} このコードでは、[[input]]を使って入力を受け取った後分岐をしている。入力が<code>ok</code>であれば<code>OK!</code>を[[print]]し、そうでなければ<code>Not OK!</code>を出力する。 ==文法== if文は通常、行頭に書く。コロンを用いて条件文の終了を表し、次の行は[[インデント]]を使って分岐後の内容を書く。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Zyouken: # ここに分岐後の内容 Nanika() hoge = "" print(hoge) </syntaxhighlight> また、インデントを使わずに1行で書くこともできるが、[[PEP/8|PEP8]]では推奨されていない。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Koreha:Minikui </syntaxhighlight> 50d7fa8543a013dd0e107ce4e9dc334fb5662020 324 322 2023-02-20T01:08:59Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 リンク化 wikitext text/x-wiki '''if'''(いふ)とは、Pythonで分岐を示す[[構文]]である。if文と共に[[elif]]や[[else]]が用いられる。 ==コード例== {{load code|example if}} このコードでは、[[input]]を使って入力を受け取った後分岐をしている。入力が<code>ok</code>であれば<code>OK!</code>を[[print]]し、そうでなければ<code>Not OK!</code>を出力する。 ==文法== if文は通常、行頭に書く。コロンを用いて条件文の終了を表し、次の行は[[インデント]]を使って分岐後の内容を書く。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Zyouken: # ここに分岐後の内容 Nanika() hoge = "" print(hoge) </syntaxhighlight> また、インデントを使わずに1行で書くこともできるが、[[PEP/8|PEP8]]では推奨されていない。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Koreha:Minikui </syntaxhighlight> b5508d6cbac9c94c8d552cfcd8c6ec02c76a59bb 333 324 2023-07-22T08:44:34Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 149 323 2023-02-20T01:08:29Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''else'''(エルス)とは、条件分岐の中で「~~でないなら」を表す[[構文]]である。 ==コード例== {{load code|example if}} このコードでは、[[input]]を使って入力を受け取った後分岐をしている。入力が<code>ok</code>であれば<code>OK!</code>を[[print]]し、そうでなければ<code>Not OK!</code>を出力する。」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''else'''(エルス)とは、条件分岐の中で「~~でないなら」を表す[[構文]]である。 ==コード例== {{load code|example if}} このコードでは、[[input]]を使って入力を受け取った後分岐をしている。入力が<code>ok</code>であれば<code>OK!</code>を[[print]]し、そうでなければ<code>Not OK!</code>を出力する。 df213c6220b0bbc204aa82743a86f543453a73ff 332 323 2023-07-22T08:44:26Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 150 325 2023-03-08T03:55:52Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「{{pp}} '''discord.py'''(ディスコードドットピーワイ)は、[[wikipedia:ja:discord|discord]]上でbotを作成するためのPythonの[[ライブラリ]]。[[pypi]]上で公開されており、[[pip]]を使うことによってダウンロードできる。 ==機能== discord.pyは[[非同期処理]]ライブラリのasyncio([[aiohttp]])を用い、[[websocket]]によってdiscordと接続・通信を行う。 関数1つをイベントリスナー1つと…」 wikitext text/x-wiki {{pp}} '''discord.py'''(ディスコードドットピーワイ)は、[[wikipedia:ja:discord|discord]]上でbotを作成するためのPythonの[[ライブラリ]]。[[pypi]]上で公開されており、[[pip]]を使うことによってダウンロードできる。 ==機能== discord.pyは[[非同期処理]]ライブラリのasyncio([[aiohttp]])を用い、[[websocket]]によってdiscordと接続・通信を行う。 関数1つをイベントリスナー1つとして認識させることでそれぞれのコードを独立させ、見やすさを保っている。 ==歴史== ===バージョン1.0以前(async)=== discordで初のPythonラッパーとして作成されたdiscord.pyは、discord.jsなど他のライブラリに影響を受けている。 なお非同期処理を利用して書かれたこのバージョンは''async''と呼ばれている。 ===バージョン2.0以前(rewrite)=== バージョンを1.0にするに伴って全てのコードの書き直しが行われたため、1.x系は''rewrite''とよばれている。バージョン1.x系で現在も変わらない基本的な構造が構築された。 2021年8月、開発を停止することを発表。理由は「discordの対応や杜撰なインタラクション関連機能に疲弊して」ということだった。その後Pycordやnextcordなどの後発ライブラリが出てきた。<ref>[https://gist.github.com/Rapptz/4a2f62751b9600a31a0d3c78100287f1 The Future of Dpy]</ref><ref>[https://smhn.info/202109-discord-py-fin Discord.pyが開発終了。-すまほん!!]</ref> ===バージョン2.0以降=== 開発者のDanny氏にはどれも満足いかないものだったため、約半年後の2022年5月に開発再開を発表。バージョン2.0が公開され、現在も開発が続いている。<ref>[https://scrapbox.io/discordpy-japan/discord.py開発再開のお知らせ discord.py開発再開のお知らせ]</ref> 現在の最新バージョンは2.1.0。 ==脚注== <references /> [[カテゴリ:ライブラリ]] {{書きかけ}} {{DEFAULTSORT:ていすこおととつとひいわい}} aa302e308da2722ca98eb46aa77e6b8beb021d65 326 325 2023-03-08T03:56:39Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 [[mh:ysmwiki:discord.py]]より一部改変・インポート。著作者は自分のみ wikitext text/x-wiki '''discord.py'''(ディスコードドットピーワイ)は、[[wikipedia:ja:discord|discord]]上でbotを作成するためのPythonの[[ライブラリ]]。[[pypi]]上で公開されており、[[pip]]を使うことによってダウンロードできる。 ==機能== discord.pyは[[非同期処理]]ライブラリのasyncio([[aiohttp]])を用い、[[websocket]]によってdiscordと接続・通信を行う。 関数1つをイベントリスナー1つとして認識させることでそれぞれのコードを独立させ、見やすさを保っている。 ==歴史== ===バージョン1.0以前(async)=== discordで初のPythonラッパーとして作成されたdiscord.pyは、discord.jsなど他のライブラリに影響を受けている。 なお非同期処理を利用して書かれたこのバージョンは''async''と呼ばれている。 ===バージョン2.0以前(rewrite)=== バージョンを1.0にするに伴って全てのコードの書き直しが行われたため、1.x系は''rewrite''とよばれている。バージョン1.x系で現在も変わらない基本的な構造が構築された。 2021年8月、開発を停止することを発表。理由は「discordの対応や杜撰なインタラクション関連機能に疲弊して」ということだった。その後Pycordやnextcordなどの後発ライブラリが出てきた。<ref>[https://gist.github.com/Rapptz/4a2f62751b9600a31a0d3c78100287f1 The Future of Dpy]</ref><ref>[https://smhn.info/202109-discord-py-fin Discord.pyが開発終了。-すまほん!!]</ref> ===バージョン2.0以降=== 開発者のDanny氏にはどれも満足いかないものだったため、約半年後の2022年5月に開発再開を発表。バージョン2.0が公開され、現在も開発が続いている。<ref>[https://scrapbox.io/discordpy-japan/discord.py開発再開のお知らせ discord.py開発再開のお知らせ]</ref> 現在の最新バージョンは2.1.0。 ==脚注== <references /> [[カテゴリ:ライブラリ]] {{書きかけ}} {{DEFAULTSORT:ていすこおととつとひいわい}} 3543d218908c85f23c6b0f0fdd31981fce21e743 327 326 2023-03-08T03:57:20Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 スタブのテンプレート名を間違えたので修正 wikitext text/x-wiki '''discord.py'''(ディスコードドットピーワイ)は、[[wikipedia:ja:discord|discord]]上でbotを作成するためのPythonの[[ライブラリ]]。[[pypi]]上で公開されており、[[pip]]を使うことによってダウンロードできる。 ==機能== discord.pyは[[非同期処理]]ライブラリのasyncio([[aiohttp]])を用い、[[websocket]]によってdiscordと接続・通信を行う。 関数1つをイベントリスナー1つとして認識させることでそれぞれのコードを独立させ、見やすさを保っている。 ==歴史== ===バージョン1.0以前(async)=== discordで初のPythonラッパーとして作成されたdiscord.pyは、discord.jsなど他のライブラリに影響を受けている。 なお非同期処理を利用して書かれたこのバージョンは''async''と呼ばれている。 ===バージョン2.0以前(rewrite)=== バージョンを1.0にするに伴って全てのコードの書き直しが行われたため、1.x系は''rewrite''とよばれている。バージョン1.x系で現在も変わらない基本的な構造が構築された。 2021年8月、開発を停止することを発表。理由は「discordの対応や杜撰なインタラクション関連機能に疲弊して」ということだった。その後Pycordやnextcordなどの後発ライブラリが出てきた。<ref>[https://gist.github.com/Rapptz/4a2f62751b9600a31a0d3c78100287f1 The Future of Dpy]</ref><ref>[https://smhn.info/202109-discord-py-fin Discord.pyが開発終了。-すまほん!!]</ref> ===バージョン2.0以降=== 開発者のDanny氏にはどれも満足いかないものだったため、約半年後の2022年5月に開発再開を発表。バージョン2.0が公開され、現在も開発が続いている。<ref>[https://scrapbox.io/discordpy-japan/discord.py開発再開のお知らせ discord.py開発再開のお知らせ]</ref> 現在の最新バージョンは2.1.0。 ==脚注== <references /> [[カテゴリ:ライブラリ]] {{Stub}} {{DEFAULTSORT:ていすこおととつとひいわい}} d930db61f0d22968d574972cba611562a190a20f 331 327 2023-07-22T08:44:13Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 142 328 301 2023-04-24T02:56:19Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 Pythonバージョン記事のテンプレートを作成中 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.7'''(パイソン3.7)は、[[Python3]]系の7番目のマイナーバージョン。 ==新機能== ==追加されたモジュール== {{Stub}} 6a29ad2c20bb1d900c798ec1a171394a22418db3 357 328 2023-07-22T08:49:22Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 151 329 2023-05-18T14:12:48Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''print'''(プリント)は、標準出力やファイルに文字列を出力する[[Python3]]の[[関数]]、もしくは[[Python2]]の[[構文]]。Python2からPython3にかけてprintは構文から関数へと変更された。 [[カテゴリ:関数]]」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''print'''(プリント)は、標準出力やファイルに文字列を出力する[[Python3]]の[[関数]]、もしくは[[Python2]]の[[構文]]。Python2からPython3にかけてprintは構文から関数へと変更された。 [[カテゴリ:関数]] fa255051f22c7461e1a531eb325e6eb9f78e8d19 336 329 2023-07-22T08:45:05Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 2 152 330 2023-07-22T08:43:13Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 ページの作成:「だから管理者がいない限界集落狙ってるんだわｗ別にどこでもいいのｗ悪く思うなよｗ」 wikitext text/x-wiki だから管理者がいない限界集落狙ってるんだわｗ別にどこでもいいのｗ悪く思うなよｗ e2508d98fdeeeba8182e032864464327fd7aa33c 0 129 334 279 2023-07-22T08:44:46Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 [[If]] へのリダイレクトを解除しました wikitext 0 130 335 281 2023-07-22T08:44:58Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 [[If]] へのリダイレクトを解除しました wikitext 0 98 337 223 2023-07-22T08:45:12Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 5 338 261 2023-07-22T08:45:19Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 99 339 225 2023-07-22T08:45:28Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 100 340 230 2023-07-22T08:45:34Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 107 341 241 2023-07-22T08:45:40Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 108 342 243 2023-07-22T08:46:52Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 119 343 263 2023-07-22T08:47:05Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 133 344 286 2023-07-22T08:47:10Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 131 345 283 2023-07-22T08:47:18Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 103 346 235 2023-07-22T08:47:25Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 135 347 307 2023-07-22T08:47:34Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 136 348 294 2023-07-22T08:47:40Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 145 349 304 2023-07-22T08:47:48Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 146 350 305 2023-07-22T08:47:54Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 137 351 295 2023-07-22T08:48:07Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 138 352 306 2023-07-22T08:48:19Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 139 353 297 2023-07-22T08:48:48Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 140 354 298 2023-07-22T08:48:52Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 141 355 299 2023-07-22T08:49:02Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 143 356 302 2023-07-22T08:49:13Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 144 358 303 2023-07-22T08:49:41Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 105 359 238 2023-07-22T08:50:00Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 2 360 319 2023-07-22T08:50:04Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 0 134 361 287 2023-07-22T08:50:09Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 2 1 362 277 2023-07-22T08:52:00Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 2 114 363 318 2023-07-22T08:52:05Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 71 364 175 2023-07-22T08:53:35Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 70 365 174 2023-07-22T08:53:41Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 92 366 211 2023-07-22T08:53:49Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 68 367 163 2023-07-22T08:53:55Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 67 368 143 2023-07-22T08:54:06Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 86 369 199 2023-07-22T08:54:33Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 sanitized-css 10 85 370 228 2023-07-22T08:54:52Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 77 371 181 2023-07-22T08:54:56Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 73 372 177 2023-07-22T08:55:01Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 72 373 176 2023-07-22T08:55:21Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 75 374 179 2023-07-22T08:55:28Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 74 375 178 2023-07-22T08:55:36Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 127 376 320 2023-07-22T08:55:49Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 66 377 141 2023-07-22T08:56:00Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 121 378 265 2023-07-22T08:56:08Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 148 379 311 2023-07-22T08:56:17Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 122 380 269 2023-07-22T08:56:23Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 123 381 270 2023-07-22T08:56:29Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 125 382 272 2023-07-22T08:56:36Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 124 383 271 2023-07-22T08:56:52Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 93 384 213 2023-07-22T08:57:11Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 111 385 251 2023-07-22T08:57:17Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 78 386 266 2023-07-22T08:57:23Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 97 387 234 2023-07-22T08:57:31Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 69 388 171 2023-07-22T08:57:38Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 76 389 180 2023-07-22T08:57:44Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 120 390 264 2023-07-22T08:57:52Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 65 391 139 2023-07-22T08:57:59Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 10 113 392 253 2023-07-22T08:58:16Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 14 102 393 233 2023-07-22T08:59:15Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 14 132 394 285 2023-07-22T08:59:22Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 828 83 395 193 2023-07-22T09:02:19Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 94 396 215 2023-07-22T09:02:28Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 95 397 217 2023-07-22T09:02:36Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 96 398 219 2023-07-22T09:03:20Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 sanitized-css 828 90 399 207 2023-07-22T09:03:38Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 89 400 205 2023-07-22T09:03:48Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 88 401 203 2023-07-22T09:03:58Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 80 402 187 2023-07-22T09:04:08Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 84 403 195 2023-07-22T09:04:22Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 81 404 189 2023-07-22T09:04:26Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 87 405 201 2023-07-22T09:04:44Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 91 406 209 2023-07-22T09:04:57Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 79 407 185 2023-07-22T09:05:03Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 828 82 408 191 2023-07-22T09:05:15Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 Scribunto 440 408 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc 3002 147 409 315 2023-07-22T09:06:15Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 3006 126 410 273 2023-07-22T09:06:21Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 3000 101 411 284 2023-07-22T09:06:44Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 443 411 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki PythonWikiでの'''スタブ'''とは、記事がまだ十分な内容ではないことです。[[テンプレート:Stub|Stub]]テンプレートが貼られた記事には編集して加筆する必要があります。ぜひ加筆して内容を充実させましょう。 [[カテゴリ:スタブ|*]] [[カテゴリ:プロジェクト関連文書]] {{DEFAULTSORT:すたふ}} 4a4c51bb4e3a5a0761b03d0e2775ea52a86172ae 3000 3 412 291 2023-07-22T09:06:51Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 3000 117 413 316 2023-07-22T09:07:09Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 449 413 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki PEP記事を全て翻訳しよう！というプロジェクトです。 ==ステップ== # [[PEP]]の記事を全てPEP名前空間にコピペする。 # スタイルを整える。 # 日本語に翻訳する(翻訳前のPEPは<code>PEP:1/原文</code>のように、「原文」サブページに移動する。) ==テンプレート== * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整]]}} - スタイルを整える前の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project スタイル調整中]]}} - スタイルを整えている記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了]]}} - 未翻訳の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中]]}} - 翻訳作業中の記事に貼ってください。 * {{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了]]}} - 翻訳が終わった記事に貼ってください。 ==具対的な操作方法== ===PEPから文章をコピーする=== PEPの文章のほとんどが(おそらくは全てが)パブリックドメインのもと公開されています。ライセンスを確認したら、[[PEP:3105]]のような形式でPEP番号を記事名にして、文章をwiki内にコピーしてください。ビジュアル編集でペーストすると一連の書式もコピーされるので楽です。(<code>Table of Contents</code>(目次)の部分をコピーするとなぜか貼り付けられなくなるのでその部分だけはコピーしないようにしましょう。)ペーストしたら、PEPのタイトルの前に{{[[Template:PEP project スタイル未調整|スタイル未調整テンプレート]]}}を貼り付けてください。[[特別:転送/revision/308|PEP:3105の初期の版]]のようになれば成功です。プレビューを表示して内容を確認したら、保存しましょう。 ===スタイルの調整=== いくつかのテンプレートを使いながらスタイルを調整します。 ;脚注の修正 :脚注は<code><nowiki><ref></ref></nowiki></code>タグを使用しましょう。[[wikipedia:ja:Help:脚注|Wikipediaの解説]]が参考になります。 ;ステータス関連のテンプレート化 :最初に並んでいるステータス関連の情報は{{[[テンプレート:PEP info]]}}を使用して置き換えてください。 ;<code><nowiki><syntaxhighlight></nowiki></code>タグの使用 :原文からコピーした状態だとPythonのコード部分が正確に色付けされていないので、<code><nowiki><syntaxhighlight></nowiki></code>タグで囲って(行の先頭にある空白は除去して)保存しましょう。 * [[特別:転送/revision/314|スタイル調整中]] * [[特別:転送/revision/315|スタイル調整完了後]] スタイルの調整が終わったら、上のリンクのように、翻訳未完了のテンプレートを貼り付けて保存しておいてください。 ===日本語への翻訳=== 日本語への翻訳を始めていない場合には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳未完了|翻訳未完了]]}}、翻訳の作業中で一旦保存したい記事には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳中|翻訳中]]}}、翻訳が全て終わった記事には{{[[Template:PEP project 翻訳完了|翻訳完了]]}}を貼り付けましょう。 4f9a4a8eed5922d3f2ad5bb507317bb3c93d50ef 3000 112 414 292 2023-07-22T09:07:17Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 425 414 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiにはいくつかの'''独自仕様'''が存在します。<code>PEP</code>名前空間や、<code>Code</code>名前空間がまさにその例です。 ==PEP名前空間== {{See also|PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法}} PEP名前空間は、[[PEP]]の原文および訳文を掲載する名前空間です。1記事1PEPで構成されていて、メインページに最新の訳文、サブページに原文や過去の版を載せます。ページ構成は以下の通りです。 <pre> PEP:1 |- PEP:1/原文 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230231 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230231/原文 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230931 |- PEP:1/過去版/20230931/原文 </pre> ほとんどのPEPはCC0（クリエイティブ・コモンズ・ゼロ）でライセンスされていますので、翻訳作業をする場合はそれを確認した上で'''自分で訳した訳文を'''掲載してください。自分で訳したものでないと、著作権違反になる場合があります。 ==Code名前空間== {{See also|PythonWiki:Code名前空間}} Code名前空間は、Pythonで書かれたプログラムのソースコードを載せるための場所です。主に[[if]]などでコードの例を書くために使用します。ライセンスはCC BY-SA 4.0なので、互換性のあるソースコードのみ掲載してください。また、他の場所からの転載の場合は[[PythonWiki:著作権]]を参考に著作者の継承を忘れず行ってください。 9b347e1a3ee1ff9f4112225e0316dae672133e18 3000 116 415 256 2023-07-22T09:07:29Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 420 415 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiでの投稿ブロックに関する方針です。 以下の条件の内一つを満たすと投稿ブロックを受けます。 * 荒らしのソックパペットだと確認された場合。 * 同種の迷惑行為・方針違反の投稿に対する注意を2回以上受けたにも関わらず、やめる素振りを見せない場合 * その他、管理者が必要と認めた場合 0bdaab9c014adf098f74b73cf9d25134f186c5b9 3000 110 416 250 2023-07-22T09:07:38Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 432 416 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki このWikiの基本的な方針と、方針文書の一覧です。PythonWikiの編集者は以下の方針に従う必要があります。 ==PythonWiki日本語版は何か== {{See also|PythonWiki:PythonWiki日本語版は何か}} PythonWiki日本語版は、[[Pythonとは|Python]]について日本語で説明するためのWikiです。Pythonに関係のあることなら、[[構文]]から[[組み込み関数]]、[[外部ライブラリ]]まで幅広くカバーしています。Pythonに関係のある内容で書きたい記事があればぜひご参加ください。 ==PythonWIki日本語版は何ではないか== {{See also|PythonWiki:PythonWiki日本語版は何ではないか}} しばしば混同されますが、このWikiは<u>'''Wikipediaではありません'''</u>。よって、厳しい記事作成の条件もなければ。出典の明記のない記事をすぐに削除することもしません。記事作成の条件は「Pythonに関係のあること」です。それさえ満たしていれば自由に記事を作成できます。記事の内容が十分でないと感じたときは<code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>[[Template:Stub|Stub]]<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code>を記事の最後に貼ってあげましょう。 6d6853c931fc78eb0c2934f319d51c3e3831fa1f 3000 4 417 288 2023-07-22T09:07:43Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 421 417 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki ここではPythonWikiにおいて作成されるべきだがまだ存在しない項目の一覧が掲載されています。作成したい記事のリンクを押して作成してください。なおこのリストは手動で管理されているため、すでに作成されているのにこのリストにまだある記事を見かけた場合は編集して除去してください。 なお、このリストにあるものが全てではありません。各自で作成したい記事があるときにはこの一覧になくても構いません。 また、作成はされたが内容が足りず、強化を図るべきだという記事は[[PythonWiki:現在の強化記事]]や[[カテゴリ:スタブ]]に載っていますのでこちらをご覧ください。目標は1記事3000バイトです。(記事作成の最低バイト数条件はありませんが、500バイトを目安にしてください。) ==Pythonバージョン== * [[Python3]] ** [[Python3.0]] ** [[Python3.1]] ** [[Python3.2]] ** [[Python3.3]] ** [[Python3.4]] ** [[Python3.5]] ** [[Python3.6]] ** [[Python3.7]] ** [[Python3.8]] ** [[Python3.9]] ** [[Python3.10]] ** [[Python3.11]] ==構文と関数、定数== * [[構文]] ** [[if]] ** [[else]] ** [[for]] ** [[while]] ** [[break]] ** [[continue]] ** [[del]] ** [[raise]] * [[組み込み関数]] ** [[print]] ** [[input]] ** [[max]] ** [[min]] * [[組み込み定数]] ==Pythonの実装== * [[CPython]] * [[Cython]] * [[Jython]] [[カテゴリ:プロジェクト関連文書]] {{DEFAULTSORT:さくせいすへきこうもくのいちらん}} 3a1acb84c72d9a454baaa0231089209484bf1f93 3000 128 418 280 2023-07-22T09:07:50Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 429 418 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki 記事を作るときは、以下のポイントに注意してください。 * Pythonに関係しているか? * 正しい情報か? これらに気をつけながら記事を作成したら、内容を書き始めましょう。 ==基本構成== 記事の種類ごとに異なります。 ===構文・組み込み関数=== Pythonの構文や組み込み関数に関する記事は、[[if]]や[[print]]のように、コード例とその解説を入れておきましょう。 また、リダイレクトとして、構文には[[if文]]、[[if構文]]、関数には[[print関数]]などを作成しておくとよいでしょう。 (ただし、[[print構文]]は別の記事として作成されています。これは、printが関数ではなく構文であった時期があるためです。) ===ライブラリ=== ライブラリの記事では、そのライブラリにあるクラスや関数について解説しましょう。 [[urllib]]などはdocsで下位モジュールごとにページが作成されているため、それに従って[[urllib/parse]]などの構成にすることを推奨します。 856ce815f8a28c35738a5a0803314221713cf899 3000 106 419 240 2023-07-22T09:07:58Z 俺は過疎ウィキ荒らして気持ちよくなりたいだけだから 13 wikitext 447 419 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki 現在強化すべき記事の一覧です。記事の内容が十分だと思ったら(各項目に付与されている目標バイト数が達成できたら)、この一覧から削除してください。 また、現在作成されていない記事に関しては[[PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧|作成すべき項目の一覧]]をご覧ください。 ---- {| class="wikitable sortable" ! 記事 !! 目標 |- | [[Python3]] || 3000バイト |} 2da339488eb6edf7f3e88a3a709db770d31d561c 828 83 422 395 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 828 79 423 407 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:モジュールStringのエラー]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'モジュールStringのエラー' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">モジュールStringのエラー: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str e8c19fe00abea312d12f4cedce55de799764d7fc 828 84 424 403 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {--[['metadata',]] 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = '記事', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = '記事メッセージボックス', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'パラメータ指定の無い記事メッセージボックス', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'} }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'ファイルメッセージボックス' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageEmptyCellStyle = true, templateCategory = 'ノートページメッセージボックス' } } eff893e58c9a2ae66bde3ff37d4b8c9a2ae9e079 14 132 426 394 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki PythonWikiの管理に利用するページの一覧です。 ac138ecce88d46dddfb59e30926b335d41a69535 14 102 427 393 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki [[PythonWiki:スタブ|書きかけの項目]]です。[[template:Stub|Stub]]テンプレートが貼られた記事が収集されています。 063cc3138a41547a0e677f3eecc4f0f1d3e594c2 828 95 428 397 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|テンプレート・サンドボックス]]ページ' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|モジュール・サンドボックス]]ページ' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'サンドボックス・ページ' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'これは$2の$1です。' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'これは$2 ($3)の$1です。' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = '差分' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = '対応する$1・サブページもご確認ください。' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'テストケース' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = '対応する$1・サブページ ($2) もご確認ください。' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = '実行' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'テンプレート・サンドボックス' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'テンプレートの解説' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'モジュールの解説' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = '要約' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = '解説' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = '表示' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = '編集' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = '履歴' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'キャッシュを破棄' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = '作成' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'この[[Help:テンプレートの説明文|解説]]は、$1から[[Help:テンプレート#テンプレートとは|呼び出されて]]います。' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'この[[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribuntoモジュール]]の解説ページを$1することができます。' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "編集者は、このテンプレートを$1と$2で試すことができます。（[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|解説]]）" cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "編集者は、このモジュールを$1と$2で試すことができます。（[[Wikipedia:テンプレートのサンドボックスとテストケース|解説]]）" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'サンドボックス' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = '編集' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = '作成' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = '差分' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = '$1のサンドボックスバージョンを作成' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = '複製' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'テストケース' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = '編集' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = '作動' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = '作成' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = '$1のサブページにカテゴリを追加してください。' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'この$1のサブページ一覧。' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'テンプレート' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'モジュール' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'ページ' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with -- a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = '$1にこのテンプレートは[[:en:Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|印刷用バージョンがあります]]。' .. 'もしこのテンプレートを更新した時は、印刷用バージョンも更新してください。' -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = '' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = '((documentation))の異常な使用があるページ' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 3093010f18cd91593aecbda3f2cd842d19db7204 828 96 430 398 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #ecfcf4; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } /* [[カテゴリ:テンプレートスタイル]] */ fea08746bcb1ff7d911742aad831da11f8e886da 828 89 431 400 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( '第1引数にはedit、move、create、upload、undelete、autoreviewのどれかを指定してください', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'eliminator' -- 英語版では'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'eliminator' -- 英語版では'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'sysop' -- 英語版では'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' -- 英語版とは異なり、日本語版では現在のところIPユーザーでも記事等を作成可能なので、以下はコメントアウト -- elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts -- return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 366a310b678c4d083a5cec695cdc85050a07fb04 10 123 433 381 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事はスタイルが規則に従うように調整中です。あなたも編集してスタイルを整えましょう。}} f121306fb7a5716c741492c0358355af95d67943 828 90 434 399 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( '第1引数にはedit、move、create、upload、autoreviewのどれかを指定してください', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('[[モジュール:Effective protection expiry]]のエラー; 有効期限のタイムスタンプの書式が不正です') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p bd6d5cdf7fc2a720603bcbc952773bb41197c42b 828 88 436 401 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "'_main'関数における'%s'引数のタイプエラー（想定：文字列、実際：%s）", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("[[Template:File link]]のエラー: 'file'引数が未入力です", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p fadb7b1349eacd06b7ce6be9d990375fab67cfb0 10 65 437 391 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{Mbox | type = notice | image = [[ファイル:{{{image|{{#switch:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}|質問|疑問=Ambox blue question.svg|相談|議論=Decision making.svg|提案|問題提起|意見=Nuvola apps edu languages.svg|確認=Nuvola apps korganizer.svg|注意=Nuvola apps important yellow.svg|#default=Stock_volume.svg}}}}}|{{{image-size|40px}}}|{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}]] | text = {{#if:{{{3|}}}|<!--3があったら-->[[{{{3}}}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|&#35;{{{4}}}|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|&#35;{{{section}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{page-name|}}}|{{!}}{{{page-name}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{3}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|{{!}}このページの{{ns:1}}<!-- ページ -->|{{!}}{{{3}}}<!--ifeq 3 閉-->}}<!--if page-name 閉-->}}]]|<!--3がなくpageがあったら-->{{#if:{{{page|}}}|[[{{{page}}}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|&#35;{{{4}}}|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|&#35;{{{section}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{page-name|}}}|{{!}}{{{page-name}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|{{!}}このページの{{ns:1}}<!-- ページ -->|{{!}}{{{page}}}<!--ifeq page 閉-->}}<!--if page-name 閉-->}}]]|<!--3もpageもない-->[[{{TALKPAGENAME}}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|&#35;{{{4}}}|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|&#35;{{{section}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{page-name|}}}|{{!}}{{{page-name}}}|{{!}}このページの{{ns:1}}<!-- ページ -->}}]]<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}に、{{{situation|このページ}}}に関する'''{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}'''があります。<small>{{DatedAI|date={{{date|}}}}}</small>{{#if:{{{2|}}}|<!--2があったら--><br />{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}の要約：{{{2}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-summary|}}}|<!--2がなくsummaryがあったら--><br />{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}の要約：{{{notice-summary}}}<!--if summary閉-->}}<!--if 2閉-->}}{{#ifexist:{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{3}}}|{{#if:{{{page|}}}|{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}|<!--ifexist ページ有-->|<!--ifexist ページ無--><br /><small>注：指定したページ&nbsp;&#34;<span style="color: #cc2200"><strong>{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{3}}}|{{#if:{{{page|}}}|{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}</strong></span>&#34;&nbsp;は存在しません。正しいページを指定してください。</small><!--ifexist 閉-->}}<!--ambox閉-->}}<!--以降カテゴライズ機能 -->{{#ifexist:{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{3}}}|{{#if:{{{page|}}}|{{{page}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}<!--if page閉-->}}<!--if 3閉-->}}|<!--以下ifexist 有-->{{#switch:{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Template メッセージの一覧=|<!--以上のBASE以外であり-->#default={{#switch:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Template:告知|Template:告知/doc=|<!-- 以上のFULL以外だったら-->#default={{#switch:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#if:{{{notice-type|}}}|{{{notice-type}}}|質問}}}}|質問|疑問|相談=[[Category:質問があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|提案=[[Category:提案があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|議論|意見|問題提起=[[Category:議論が行われているページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|確認|注意=[[Category:確認・注意事項があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]|#default=[[Category:告知事項があるページ{{#if:{{{ソートキー|}}}|{{!}}{{{ソートキー}}}}}]]<!--switch 1 or type 閉-->}}<!--switch FULL閉-->}}<!--switch BASE閉-->}}|<!--ifexist 無--><!--ifexist 3 or page 閉-->}}</includeonly><noinclude> <p style="text-align: center">'''このテンプレートの見本は[[#使い方と例]]を参照してください。'''</p> {{Documentation}} <!-- カテゴリと言語間リンクはここではなく、/doc サブページに追加してください --></noinclude> 489ca0f71ff86443c624972b1d0345672e73f040 10 77 438 371 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki このページはアーカイブです。<strong>決して、このページを編集しないでください</strong>。コメントを追加したい場合は、[[{{{from|{{TALKSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}|トークページ]]で行ってください。 33f4a9cbdabd8865a37bdb6ecbcea39744139aae 10 76 439 389 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki 以前の議論は、{{#time: Y-m-d|{{{date}}}}} に <span class='flow-link-to-archive'>[[{{{archive}}}]]</span> に保存されました。 2f263916ff4287a712fef941f1b88e9b1a8aff4f 10 121 441 378 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="background-color: {{{color|#CCFFFF}}}; border: 1px solid #616161; padding: 3px 12px 3px 7px; margin: 0 auto 1em; text-align:center;" |- {{#if:{{{noimage|}}}||{{!}} {{{image|[[File:Ambox_content.png|35px]]}}}}} | '''{{{title}}}'''<br>{{{text}}} |}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 15b23a1c86cb560a6f836b77a3b9ca53aa51ad66 10 75 442 374 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki <em>この投稿は [[User:{{{authorUser}}}|{{{authorUser}}}]] により投稿されましたが、[[User:{{{signatureUser}}}|{{{signatureUser}}}]] として署名されました。</em> 97c32cbacac57530c10252921450e9de1d9fe388 828 87 444 405 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'モジュール:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Exit if the page is not protected. if not self:isProtected() then return '' end -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:isProtected() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end -- 日本語版独自 function Protection:isMismatched() return self.reason == 'dispute' and self.level ~= 'sysop' end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() } if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) elseif self:isMismatched() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-mismatch'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{ self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then -- 日本語版独自の条件分岐 if type(imageFilename) == 'string' then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename elseif type(imageFilename) == 'function' then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename(protectionObj) end else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageSize or 'x20') .. 'px', -- 日本語版独自の変更 alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageSize = 40 -- 日本語版独自の変更: フィールド名 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageSize = 'x20' -- 日本語版独自の変更: フィールド名、高さのみ指定 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)] then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:isProtected() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p 0bc00f33e20db0ac440ccf337464f7ab9523c0f9 10 111 445 385 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="padding-left:2em">''{{#if:{{{2|}}}|[[{{{1}}}]]については、「[[{{{2}}}]]|「[[{{{1}}}]]}}」も参照''</div> 9680a6e7002f6c47cae3944aa40a302a8f903edf 10 69 448 388 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="white-space:nowrap;">&#123;&#123;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}| tlf&#124;...}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{2|x}}}|{{{2|}}}| &#124;{{{2}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{3|x}}}|{{{3|}}}| &#124;{{{3}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{4|x}}}|{{{4|}}}| &#124;{{{4}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{5|x}}}|{{{5|}}}| &#124;{{{5}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{6|x}}}|{{{6|}}}| &#124;{{{6}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{7|x}}}|{{{7|}}}| &#124;{{{7}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{8|x}}}|{{{8|}}}| &#124;{{{8}}} | }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{9|x}}}|{{{9|}}}| &#124;{{{9}}} | }}<!-- -->&#125;&#125;</span><noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Tlc/doc}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 3793186427b0c309bab5e3ccdf3888ee7c5335b8 10 97 450 387 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage|種類=[[Help:テンプレート|テンプレート]]}} 書きかけの記事に使用します。また、内容が特に少なく、調べものとして役立たない記事には、[[Template:Substub]]の使用も検討してください。 __TOC__ == 使い方 == {{tlf|stub}}と入力します。 表示例 {{stub}} == 引数 == このテンプレートに引数はありません。 == カテゴリ == このテンプレートが貼り付けられたページは[[:Category:スタブ]]に収められます。 == 関連項目 == * [[PythonWiki:スタブ]] * [[template:節stub]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- カテゴリは以下に追加してください --> [[Category:スタブテンプレート|*]] }}</includeonly> b78961c9aa57ef44858dce7c85d2ede9e237778b 10 120 451 390 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{Stub}} 422fbc214fe0de55f7625543ea71f3ccc704fe37 10 124 452 383 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事は翻訳されていません。編集して日本語に翻訳しましょう。}} eac3c453becc3b0f2c684097a43b2bd999c0aead 10 67 453 368 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{talk|}}}|{{#ifexist:{{{talk}}}|議論は[[{{{talk}}}{{#if:{{{talksection|}}}|&#35;{{{talksection}}}|}}{{!}}{{#ifeq:{{{talk}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|ノート|{{{talk-alias|{{{talk}}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{talksection|}}}|の「{{{talksection}}}」節|}}]]を参照してください。|{{{pre-err|}}}{{#ifeq:{{{talk}}}|{{TALKPAGENAME}}|{{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[{{{talk}}}{{!}}このタグはノートに議論が無いまま貼り付けられています。必要な議論をノートで行ってください。]]<span style="color:red"><small>ノートに提議したのにこのメッセージが消えない場合は、「空編集」（この記事の編集画面をもういちど開いて何も変更せず投稿）すれば表示されなくなります。「空編集」は履歴に残りません。</small></span>}}|<span style="color:red">エラー：「{{{talk}}}」というページは存在しません。<small>ページを間違いなく作成したのにこのメッセージが消えない場合は、「空編集」（この記事の編集画面をもういちど開いて何も変更せず投稿）すれば表示されなくなります。「空編集」は履歴に残りません。</small></span>}}}}|<!-- NOP（OK）：議論場所の指定なし -->}}{{#if:{{{date|}}}|{{#if:{{#ifeq:{{{onlyarticles|}}}|no|{{#ifeq:{{{date}}}|1|1|}}|}}|{{Fix/error|C|onlyarticles=no}}|{{#if:{{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}|1|}}{{#ifeq:{{{date}}}|1||1}}|（<span title="{{#ifeq:{{{date}}}|1||{{{date}}}}}">{{Checkdate|{{{date}}}|defaultdate={{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}|____年__月|エラー: タグの貼り付け日は「date=yyyy年m月」形式で記入してください。}}}}</span>）|{{Fix/error|C}}}}}}|}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}}</noinclude> aefd3e29cc1cedc8c89c1bf963673a76e0a63fac 10 127 454 376 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{Code:{{{1}}}}}<span style="text-align: right; font-size: small;">[[Code:{{{1}}}|詳細を見る]]</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 5a83d82511a32e5b52baa41f04e16e56ab48ad13 10 85 455 370 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Asbox/styles.css" /><table class="metadata asbox plainlinks noprint" role="presentation"><tr class="noresize"> <td>{{ #if:{{{icon|}}}{{{image|}}} | {{#if:{{{icon|}}} | {{{icon}}} | {{#if:{{{image2|}}}|{{Image array|width={{{pix|30}}}|height={{{pix|30}}}|perrow=2|image1={{{image}}}|alt1=執筆の途中です|image2={{{image2}}}|alt2=執筆の途中です}}|[[File:{{{image}}}|{{#if:{{{pix|}}}|{{{pix}}}|40x30}}px|執筆の途中です]]}} }} | [[File:Stubico.svg|執筆の途中です]] }}</td> <td class="asbox-body">この項目は、{{#ifeq:{{{type|}}}|substub|まだ閲覧者の調べものの参照としては役立たない{{#if:{{{qualifier|}}}{{{article|}}}{{{subject|}}}|、}}}}{{#if:{{{qualifier|}}}|{{{qualifier}}}の}}{{#if:{{{article|}}}|{{{article}}}|{{#if:{{{subject|}}}|{{{subject}}}に関連した}}}}'''[[PythonWiki:スタブ|書きかけの項目]]'''です。[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=edit}} この項目を加筆・訂正]などしてくださる[[:Category:{{{category}}}|協力者を求めています]]{{#if:{{{related|}}}|（{{{related}}}）}}。{{#if:{{{note|}}}|<br /><span class="asbox-note">{{{note}}}</span>}}</td> </tr></table><includeonly><!-- *** Stub article category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template category - sorted by " tempsort". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category}}}| {{{tempsort|}}}]]|}}<!-- *** Is there a second stub category? *** -->{{#if:{{{category1|}}}|<!-- *** Stub article second category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category1}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template second category - sorted by " tempsort1". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category1}}}| {{{tempsort1|}}}]]|}}<!-- -->}}<!-- *** Is there a third stub category? *** -->{{#if:{{{category2|}}}|<!-- *** Stub article third category sorted by DEFAULTSORT or PAGENAME. *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}||[[Category:{{{category2}}}]]}}<!-- *** Template third category - sorted by " tempsort2". *** -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|[[Category:{{{category2}}}| {{{tempsort2|}}}]]|}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Template|{{#ifeq:{{{type|}}}|substub|[[Category:サブスタブテンプレート]]|[[Category:スタブテンプレート]]}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 71439dd414e735bf017147e3f0085419b6eec4bc 828 91 456 406 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = '${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されたページ' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { --blp = { -- description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' -- .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', -- text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' -- .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" -- .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', -- tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' -- .. ' biographies of living persons', --}, dmca = { description = '[[デジタルミレニアム著作権法]]に基づく削除要求があったため、' .. '保護されたページ', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'この${PAGETYPE}の内容に関して、[[デジタルミレニアム著作権法]]' .. '(DMCA)に基づく権利所有者への通知があったため、' .. 'ウィキメディア財団は問題となった個所を削除した上で、' .. 'このページの編集を制限しました。' if args.notice then ret = ret .. '財団が受理した通知のコピーは ' .. args.notice .. ' にあります。' end ret = ret .. '異議申し立て方法など詳細な情報については' .. '[[Wikipedia:事務局行動]]および${TALKPAGE}をご覧ください。<br />' .. "'''編集制限が解除されるまで、" .. "このお知らせを除去しないでください。'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg', }, dispute = { description = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦|編集合戦]]により保護されたページ', text = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦|編集合戦]]が発生したため、${INTROBLURB}', explanation = "${CURRENTVERSION}の内容が'''適切とは限りません'''。" .. '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '問題となった個所について意見がある場合は、' .. '${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。' .. '[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意が形成]]され、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', tooltip = '編集合戦が発生したため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}', }, --ecp = { -- description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' -- .. ' meets the criteria for community use', -- tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is extended-confirmed protected', -- alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', --}, --mainpage = { -- description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', -- text = 'This file is currently' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' -- .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' -- .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', -- explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' -- .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' -- .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' -- .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," -- .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' -- .. ' as appropriate.</span>', --}, office = { description = '[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|事務局行動]]により保護されたページ', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '現在この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|' .. 'ウィキメディア財団事務局]]の監視下にあり、' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. '${PROTECTIONDATE}以降、' end return ret .. '保護されています。' end, explanation = "もしあなたがこのページを編集できたとしても、加筆・修正を行う前に" .. "${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。<br />" .. "'''ウィキメディア財団の許可があるまで、このページの保護を" .. "解除しないでください。'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg', }, permanent = { description = '半永久的に保護されているページ', text = function (protectionObj, args) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return 'この${PAGETYPE}は、半永久的に編集[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています。' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'この${PAGETYPE}は、[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の編集を半永久的に[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています。' else return 'この${PAGETYPE}は、[[Wikipedia:利用者#新規利用者|新規利用者]]' .. 'および[[Wikipedia:利用者#IP利用者|未登録利用者]]からの編集を' .. '半永久的に[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています。' end end, explanation = function (protectionObj, args) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#半永久的な拡張半保護|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]をしてください。' else return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半永久的な半保護|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。' end end, tooltip = '半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}', alt = '半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}', image = function (protectionObj) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Protection.svg' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Extended Semi-protection.svg' else return 'Edit Semi-permanent Semi-protection.svg' end end, }, reset = { description = '[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|事務局行動]]により、内容が' .. '縮小された上で保護されたページ', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '現在この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:事務局行動|' .. 'ウィキメディア財団事務局]]の監視下にあり、' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. '${PROTECTIONDATE}以降、' end return ret .. '保護されています。' end, explanation = 'この${PAGETYPE}には最小限の内容しかないため、' .. '[[WP:NPOV|中立的な観点]]や[[WP:V|検証可能性]]といった方針に' .. '適合する形で、全面的に改稿されることが望まれています。' .. "もしあなたがこのページを編集できたとしても、加筆・修正を行う前に" .. "${TALKPAGE}で議論するよう心がけてください。<br />" .. 'この${PAGETYPE}が保護される以前の版に書かれていた内容は' .. '復帰させないでください。' .. 'ノートページで議論を行う際も同様です。<br />' .. "'''ウィキメディア財団の許可があるまで、このページの保護を" .. "解除したり、このお知らせを除去しないでください。'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle-WMFlogo.svg', }, --sock = { -- description = 'For pages protected due to' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', -- text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' -- .. ' from editing it.', -- tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' -- .. ' editing it', --}, template = { description = '[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|' .. '影響が特に大きいテンプレート・モジュール]]', text = 'この[[Wikipedia:影響が特に大きいテンプレート|' .. '影響が特に大きい${PAGETYPE}]]は、[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]を予防するために' .. '${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針#半永久的な保護|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#半永久的な拡張半保護|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]をしてください。' else return '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半永久的な半保護|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。' end end, tooltip = 'この影響が特に大きい${PAGETYPE}は、' .. '荒らしを予防するために${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', alt = '半永久的に${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されている${PAGETYPE}', image = function (protectionObj) if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Protection.svg' elseif protectionObj.level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'Edit Semi-permanent Extended Semi-protection.svg' else return 'Edit Semi-permanent Semi-protection.svg' end end, }, --usertalk = { -- description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' -- .. ' particular user', -- text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' -- .. ' such as abusing the' -- .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', -- explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' -- .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' -- .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' -- .. '|request an edit]],' -- .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' -- .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' -- .. '|request unprotection]],' -- .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' -- .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', --}, vandalism = { description = '[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]行為により保護されたページ', text = '度重なる[[Wikipedia:荒らし|荒らし]]行為のため、${INTROBLURB}', tooltip = '度重なる荒らし行為のため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}' } }, move = { dispute = { description = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦#移動合戦|移動合戦]]により保護されたページ', text = '[[Wikipedia:編集合戦#移動合戦|移動合戦]]が発生したため、${INTROFRAGMENT}', explanation = "${CURRENTVERSION}が'''適切とは限りません'''。" .. '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'ページ名について意見がある場合は${TALKPAGE}で議論し、' .. '必要に応じて[[Wikipedia:ページの改名]]に従い、' .. '[[Wikipedia:改名提案|改名の提案]]をしてください。' .. '[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意が形成]]され、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', tooltip = '移動合戦が発生したため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}', }, vandalism = { description = '[[Wikipedia:荒らし#移動荒らし|移動荒らし]]行為により保護されたページ', text = '度重なる[[Wikipedia:荒らし#移動荒らし|移動荒らし]]行為のため、${INTROFRAGMENT}', tooltip = '度重なる移動荒らし行為のため、${TOOLTIPBLURB}' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'この${PAGETYPE}は編集[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています', autoconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#新規利用者|新規利用者]]' .. 'および[[Wikipedia:利用者#IP利用者|未登録利用者]]からの編集を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', extendedconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の編集を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', }, move = { default = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Help:ページの移動|移動]][[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています', extendedconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の[[Help:ページの移動|移動]]を[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:ファイルのアップロード|アップロード]]' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護|保護]]されています', extendedconfirmed = 'この${PAGETYPE}は[[Wikipedia:利用者#拡張承認された利用者|' .. '拡張承認された利用者]]以外の[[Wikipedia:ファイルのアップロード|アップロード]]を' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護|禁止]]しています', } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}' .. 'にて<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:半保護編集依頼|半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針#半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]してください。' .. '半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:半保護の方針|半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', }, extendedconfirmed = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。この${PAGETYPE}を編集することができない場合、${TALKPAGE}' .. 'にて<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|編集を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]を' .. 'してください。拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' }, default = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '変更が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/保護ページ編集|保護編集依頼]]を行ってください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' } }, move = { extendedconfirmed = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. 'ページを移動できない場合は、${TALKPAGE}にて' .. '<code class="nowrap">{{[[Template:拡張半保護編集依頼|拡張半保護編集依頼]]}}</code>' .. 'を用いて[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針#拡張半保護されたページの編集|移動を依頼]]するか、' .. '[[Wikipedia:管理者伝言板/拡張承認の申請|拡張承認の申請]]を' .. 'してください。移動拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針|拡張半保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '移動拡張半保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動拡張半保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' }, default = { subject = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '移動が必要なときは${TALKPAGE}で議論し、' .. '[[Wikipedia:合意形成|合意形成]]後に' .. '[[Wikipedia:移動依頼|移動依頼]]で依頼してください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、移動保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動保護の解除を依頼]]してください。', default = '詳しくは[[Wikipedia:保護の方針|保護の方針]]および' .. '${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '合意が形成されるなど、移動保護を解除できる状態になった場合は' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|移動保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = '詳しくは${PROTECTIONLOG}をご覧ください。' .. '編集保護されていない場合は、' .. 'ファイルの説明を編集することができます。' .. 'アップロード保護を解除しても問題ない状態になった場合、' .. '[[Wikipedia:保護解除依頼|アップロード保護の解除を依頼]]してください。' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = '保護', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = '拡張半保護', autoconfirmed = '半保護', }, move = { default = '移動保護', extendedconfirmed = '移動拡張半保護' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'アップロード保護', extendedconfirmed = 'アップロード拡張半保護' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Edit Protection.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Edit Extended Semi-protection.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Edit Semi-protection.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Move Extended Semi-protection.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload Protection.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Upload Extended Semi-protection.svg', } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:保護の方針', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:半保護の方針' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:保護の方針', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:拡張半保護の方針' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = '' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { move = 'pp-move', autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', upload = 'pp-upload', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = '編集保護中のページ', --['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', --['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', --['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|permanent|all|all'] = '保護運用中のページ', --['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected main page files', --['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = '編集拡張半保護中のページ', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = '編集拡張半保護中のページ', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = '編集半保護中のページ', --['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', --['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', --['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', --['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', --['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', --['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', --['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', --['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', --['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', --['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', --['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = '編集保護中のテンプレート', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = '編集半保護中のテンプレート', --['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', --['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', --['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', --['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', --['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', --['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', --['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', --['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', --['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected files', --['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected project pages', --['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected talk pages', --['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|sysop|edit'] = '編集保護中のモジュール', --['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = '編集半保護中のモジュール', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = '移動保護中のページ', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|move'] = '移動拡張半保護中のページ', --['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', --['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', --['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', --['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', --['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', --['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', --['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = '移動保護中のテンプレート', --['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', --['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'アップロード保護中のファイル', ['all|file|all|extendedconfirmed|upload']= 'アップロード拡張半保護中のファイル', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { -- [0] = '記事', [6] = 'ファイル', [10] = 'テンプレート', [14] = 'カテゴリ', [828] = 'モジュール', [1] = 'ノートページ', [3] = '会話ページ', [5] = 'ノートページ', [7] = 'ノートページ', [9] = 'ノートページ', [11] = 'ノートページ', [13] = 'ノートページ', [15] = 'ノートページ', [101] = 'ノートページ', [103] = 'ノートページ', [829] = 'ノートページ', [2301] = 'ノートページ', [2303] = 'ノートページ', default = 'ページ' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, eliminator = {'sysop'}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'eliminator', 'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:保護運用'] = {'permanent', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}（${EXPIRY}まで）。', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}。', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}（${EXPIRY}まで）。', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}。', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${EXPIRY}まで${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されています。', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${EXPIRY}まで${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されており、', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'この${PAGETYPE}は${PROTECTIONLEVEL}されており、', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = '保護記録', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = '現在のページ名', ['current-version-edit-display'] = '現行版', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'ノートページ', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'Y年Fj日" ("D") "H:i" ("e")"', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = '不適切な保護テンプレートのあるページ', ['tracking-category-mismatch'] = '保護理由と保護レベルが合致していないページ', -- 日本語版独自 ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Edit Protection.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } d41b2a922176ff7bd4a5ed1b50ebde1185081c95 10 125 457 382 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事は現在翻訳中です。あなたも編集して日本語に翻訳しましょう。}} e0908c345284e1c3f37f13eca5d08500cb33e258 2 1 458 362 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki ビュールです。Metaで権限を持っているのでお役に立てることがあるかも。 [[利用者:Buel|Buel]] ([[利用者・トーク:Buel|トーク]]) 2022年12月30日 (金) 23:16 (JST) c91912ca66afa8516c068a8122913030bf043bcf 10 93 459 384 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 5e237028231c8eddac6dd278289ec8de1b654916 10 66 463 377 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> c262e205f85f774a23f74119179ceea11751d68e 10 78 465 386 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox |color=#FFFFCC |title=この記事は[[PythonWiki:スタブ|書きかけ]]です。 |text=<span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=edit}} この記事を加筆・訂正]</span>などしてくださる[[:カテゴリ:スタブ|協力者を求めています。]] }} <includeonly>[[カテゴリ:スタブ]]</includeonly> <noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 9ad3c5613ab2dbc828d77664a570931b31560c9f 3002 147 466 409 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{PEP project 翻訳未完了}} = PEP 3105 – Make print a function = {{PEP info |author=Georg Brandl <georg at python.org> |Status=Final |Type=Standards Track |Created=19-Nov-2006 |Python-Version=3.0 |Post-History=}} == Abstract == The title says it all – this PEP proposes a new <code>print()</code> builtin that replaces the <code>print</code> statement and suggests a specific signature for the new function. == Rationale == The <code>print</code> statement has long appeared on lists of dubious language features that are to be removed in Python 3000, such as Guido’s “Python Regrets” presentation<ref>[http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf http://legacy.python.org/doc/essays/ppt/regrets/PythonRegrets.pdf]</ref>. As such, the objective of this PEP is not new, though it might become much disputed among Python developers. The following arguments for a <code>print()</code> function are distilled from a python-3000 message by Guido himself<ref>[https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-dev/2005-September/056154.html Replacement for print in Python 3.0 (Guido van Rossum)]</ref>: * <code>print</code> is the only application-level functionality that has a statement dedicated to it. Within Python’s world, syntax is generally used as a last resort, when something ''can’t'' be done without help from the compiler. Print doesn’t qualify for such an exception. * At some point in application development one quite often feels the need to replace <code>print</code> output by something more sophisticated, like logging calls or calls into some other I/O library. With a <code>print()</code>function, this is a straightforward string replacement, today it is a mess adding all those parentheses and possibly converting <code>>>stream</code> style syntax. * Having special syntax for <code>print</code> puts up a much larger barrier for evolution, e.g. a hypothetical new <code>printf()</code> function is not too far fetched when it will coexist with a <code>print()</code> function. * There’s no easy way to convert <code>print</code> statements into another call if one needs a different separator, not spaces, or none at all. Also, there’s no easy way ''at all'' to conveniently print objects with some other separator than a space. * If <code>print()</code> is a function, it would be much easier to replace it within one module (just <code>defprint(*args):...</code>) or even throughout a program (e.g. by putting a different function in <code>__builtin__.print</code>). As it is, one can do this by writing a class with a <code>write()</code> method and assigning that to <code>sys.stdout</code> – that’s not bad, but definitely a much larger conceptual leap, and it works at a different level than print. == Specification == The signature for <code>print()</code>, taken from various mailings and recently posted on the python-3000 list<ref>[https://mail.python.org/pipermail/python-3000/2006-November/004485.html print() parameters in py3k (Guido van Rossum)]</ref> is: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> def print(*args, sep=' ', end='\n', file=None) </syntaxhighlight> A call like: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print(a, b, c, file=sys.stderr) </syntaxhighlight> will be equivalent to today’s: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print >>sys.stderr, a, b, c </syntaxhighlight> while the optional <code>sep</code> and <code>end</code> arguments specify what is printed between and after the arguments, respectively. The <code>softspace</code> feature (a semi-secret attribute on files currently used to tell print whether to insert a space before the first item) will be removed. Therefore, there will not be a direct translation for today’s: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> print "a", print </syntaxhighlight> which will not print a space between the <code>"a"</code> and the newline. == Backwards Compatibility == The changes proposed in this PEP will render most of today’s <code>print</code> statements invalid. Only those which incidentally feature parentheses around all of their arguments will continue to be valid Python syntax in version 3.0, and of those, only the ones printing a single parenthesized value will continue to do the same thing. For example, in 2.x: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") ('Hello', 'world') </syntaxhighlight> whereas in 3.0: <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> >>> print ("Hello") Hello >>> print ("Hello", "world") Hello world </syntaxhighlight> Luckily, as it is a statement in Python 2, <code>print</code> can be detected and replaced reliably and non-ambiguously by an automated tool, so there should be no major porting problems (provided someone writes the mentioned tool). == Implementation == The proposed changes were implemented in the Python 3000 branch in the Subversion revisions 53685 to 53704. Most of the legacy code in the library has been converted too, but it is an ongoing effort to catch every print statement that may be left in the distribution. == References == <references /> == Copyright == This document has been placed in the public domain. ----Source: [https://github.com/python/peps/blob/main/pep-3105.txt https://github.com/python/peps/blob/main/pep-3105.txt] Last modified: [https://github.com/python/peps/commits/main/pep-3105.txt 2017-11-11 19:28:55 GMT] f947fd787669f00c08448fe91922845f502d7cfb 828 94 472 396 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('メッセージ: cfg.' .. cfgKey .. 'の入力エラー。（想定：' .. expectType .. '、実際：' .. type(msg) .. '）', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('メッセージ: メッセージ設定で$' .. match .. 'キーの値が見つかりませんでした。' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return '<span class="' .. message('toolbar-class') .. '">(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</span>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] -- 日本語版独自仕様: 編集保護と移動保護で保護レベルが異なる場合に、両方のアイコンを表示する local ret = '' if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. ret = ret .. require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } end if moveProt and moveProt ~= editProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected. ret = ret .. require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display') data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display') data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display') data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display') -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. s = s:gsub('%]', '&#93;') return s end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end local box = mw.html.create('div') box:attr('role', 'note') -- 'documentation-metadata' :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p d6028d23a1bb7cedd0ce7f776655dc03805e5059 828 80 473 402 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain -- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including -- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}. -- Load necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst. local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() -- Define constants local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|ノート]])', talkLink) else talkText = '関連議論は' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s[[%s|%s]]に存在するかもしれません。', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s[[%s#%s|ノートページ]]に存在するかもしれません。', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('Y年F') end if date then self.date = string.format("<small class='date-container'>（<span class='date'>%s</span>）</small>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then self.imageEmptyCellStyle = 'border:none;padding:0px;width:1px' end -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = '/' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s%s%s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, '貼り付け日が正しくないテンプレートのある記事') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'パラメータの修正が必要なメッセージボックス', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', '正しく置き換えられていないテンプレートがあるページ') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'テンプレート<code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code>が正しく置き換えられませんでした。', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') :cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle or nil) end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('small') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :css('text-align', 'center') :wikitext(string.format( 'このメッセージボックスには無効な"type=%s"というパラメータが指定されているため修正が必要です。', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) b94c271f7f2e1bd52c28912ff3d770fbe17370c5 3006 126 476 410 2023-07-22T12:39:40Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> a = input() if a == "ok": print("OK!") print("Not OK!") </syntaxhighlight><noinclude>このコードは[[if]]文を使うときの例です。 [[input]]で入力を受け付け、入力が<code>ok</code>なら<code>OK!</code>と、それ以外なら<code>Not OK!</code>と出力します。 <noinclude> 9ed7afacc715b316b7a5f644857650a7dbb9821d 0 144 460 358 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.9'''(パイソン3.9)は、[[Python3]]系の9番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} d7793cd08a927f078ae87ae1da302a1b74c64f21 0 141 461 355 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.6'''(パイソン3.6)は、[[Python3]]系の6番目のマイナーバージョン。 bdd9ede92a218c613c6b3af04973156a74ef1fe1 0 103 462 346 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3'''は、[[Python2]]に続くPython3つ目のメジャーバージョン。移行の際に大幅な書き換えが行われ、[[print]]構文の関数化など、様々な変更が行われた。現在も開発が続けられている。最新のマイナーバージョンは[[Python3.11]]。 == マイナーバージョン == Python3には現在11のマイナーバージョンが存在する([[Python3.0]]を除く)。[[Python3.12]]は現在アルファテスト中。 * [[Python3.1]] * [[Python3.2]] * [[Python3.3]] * [[Python3.4]] * [[Python3.5]] * [[Python3.6]] * [[Python3.7]] * [[Python3.8]] * [[Python3.9]] * [[Python3.10]] * [[Python3.11]] 2ba8d3c7311a10eab7800bde9f348c59f6c9abaa 0 140 464 354 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.5'''(パイソン3.5)は、[[Python3]]系の5番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 78375042ea7071d75d752c9fa2e574b5de2ddc41 10 73 467 372 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki このページは過去ログ化された LiquidThreads ページです。 <strong>このページの内容は編集しないでください</strong>。 追加のコメントは[[{{{from}}}|現在のトーク ページ]]に投稿してください。 815e138eeeb0226dee569a95a349baf24cabd446 10 68 468 367 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}<noinclude> <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 913c721b3fb5da9e7d6bc410eb2ce87c99df6b03 0 134 469 361 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''構文'''は、Pythonに組み込まれていて変更できない言語基盤。構文に使用される文字列(statement)は全て予約語であり、変数名などには使用できない。 {{Stub}} b753f51ca8894b2c319d4128ba1b136e934dfa5a 10 72 470 373 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki バックアップのため、以前のページの履歴は {{#time: Y-m-d|{{{date}}}}} に <span class='flow-link-to-archive'>[[{{{archive}}}]]</span> に保存されました。 d273c3ad4ab93cbf71951c8f7d10649c62446eee 0 146 471 350 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.11'''(パイソン3.11)は、[[Python3]]系の11番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 25b94a7826b3eaed8efd934be055e8beb8a3314f 0 139 474 353 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.4'''(パイソン3.4)は、[[Python3]]系の4番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} dd5509571828efae824264df775d60c17be77415 0 143 475 356 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.8'''(パイソン3.8)は、[[Python3]]系の8番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 803a96113f4593984b18b49649259674c7557ae8 0 142 477 357 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.7'''(パイソン3.7)は、[[Python3]]系の7番目のマイナーバージョン。 ==新機能== ==追加されたモジュール== {{Stub}} 6a29ad2c20bb1d900c798ec1a171394a22418db3 0 105 478 359 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python'''は、[[グイド・ヴァン・ロッサム]]によって開発されたインタプリタ言語である。現在の最新バージョンは[[Python3.11/Python3.11.1|3.11.1]]。 {{Stub}} d76c0fe84b29624ecca40044c3a2cea955c6bf34 10 86 479 369 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action sanitized-css text/css .asbox { position: relative; overflow: hidden; } .asbox table { background: transparent; } .asbox p { margin: 0; } .asbox p + p { margin-top: 0.25em; } .asbox { font-size: 90%; } .asbox-note { font-size: 90%; } .asbox .navbar { position: absolute; top: -0.75em; right: 1em; display: none; } /* [[Category:テンプレートスタイル]] */ 312c51e89b5a1669fe3174e993ae36ff9cbfd0f0 0 133 480 344 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.7'''は、[[Python2]]系の7番目、かつ最後のマイナーバージョン。2020年にサポートが終了した。リリースは[[Python3.0]]よりも後である。 {{Stub}} d303eb941bc9e36e7381988e8c1e4fbffd09a937 10 70 481 365 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki @[[利用者:{{{1|Example}}}|{{{2|{{{1|Example}}}}}}]] 28552144d847371f9fd923948d1b7e319fb3edb1 0 107 482 341 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.3'''は、[[Python2]]系の3番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}} 218bb0ee4e2130102bf3527c2b269dd71595eba7 0 2 483 360 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki ==PythonWiki 日本語版へようこそ== PythonWiki日本語版へようこそ！このwikiでは[[Pythonとは|Python]]に関して日本語で解説しています。現在の記事数は[[Special:Statistics|{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}}]]本です。 編集者は[[PythonWiki:はじめに|こちら]]をご覧ください。 8743796b476bbc5ba2e49ba7a1d3f9be56e1af2b 10 92 484 366 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} | {{{override|doc}}} | <!-- doc page --> </includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{{doc-notice|show}}} | show | <!-- doc-notice show -->{{Ombox | type = notice | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px]] | text = '''これは{{{1|[[{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}の[[Help:テンプレートの説明文|解説]][[Help:サブページ|サブページ]]です。'''<br />使用方法、[[Help:カテゴリ|カテゴリ]]、およびその他{{{種類|{{ #if: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{SUBJECTSPACE ja}}ページ|記事}}}}}自体に含まれない情報を収容しています。 }} | <!-- doc-notice hide --> }}<includeonly> |<!-- not doc --> }}</includeonly><includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{SUBPAGENAME}} | doc | {{ #ifeq: {{NAMESPACE}} | {{ns:10}} | [[Category:テンプレート文書|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }}</includeonly></onlyinclude> {{Documentation}} 89540d8504640ca8921525ee47f5b8b2c093e737 0 136 485 348 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.1'''(パイソン3.1)は、[[Python3]]系の1番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 6ec978fd702029778de3cf343e3ceec981ebe21a 0 138 486 352 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.3'''(パイソン3.3)は、[[Python3]]系の3番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 8ab98dfe010fcb71979522624f2d22a6933d05e9 3000 3 487 412 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki =編集者向け：ようこそ！= PythonWiki日本語版に貢献してくださりありがとうございます。このWikiにはいくつかの基本方針がありますので、まずそちらを読むことを推奨します。(なお現在方針の一部は策定中です。策定されていない方針には拘束力はありませんので無視して構いません。) * [[PythonWiki:基本方針]] * [[PythonWiki:投稿ブロックの方針]] * [[PythonWiki:独立記事作成の目安]] * [[PythonWiki:お知らせ]] * [[PythonWiki:独自仕様]] ==編集の仕方== 編集が初めてですか?以下の記事を参考にして記事を作成してみてください。 * [[PythonWiki:記事の作成方法]] * [[PythonWiki:PEP記事の作成方法]] ** [[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]] * [[PythonWiki:記事の編集方法]] * [[PythonWiki:作成すべき項目の一覧]] 55badcb7eb9190264d64c706c91e37e1475233b3 0 100 488 340 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.2'''は、[[Python2]]系の2番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 == バグ修正リリース == Python2.2には3つのバグ修正リリースが存在する。 * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.1|Python2.2.1]] * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.2|Python2.2.2]] * [[Python2.2/Python2.2.3|Python2.2.3]] == 外部リンク == * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/2.2/ python 2.2 | Python.org] * [https://docs.python.org/2.7/whatsnew/2.2.html What's New in Python 2.2] {{Stub}} 1bf9a58c1cb07c8042f521e7f350b15df7bc1f67 0 150 489 331 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''discord.py'''(ディスコードドットピーワイ)は、[[wikipedia:ja:discord|discord]]上でbotを作成するためのPythonの[[ライブラリ]]。[[pypi]]上で公開されており、[[pip]]を使うことによってダウンロードできる。 ==機能== discord.pyは[[非同期処理]]ライブラリのasyncio([[aiohttp]])を用い、[[websocket]]によってdiscordと接続・通信を行う。 関数1つをイベントリスナー1つとして認識させることでそれぞれのコードを独立させ、見やすさを保っている。 ==歴史== ===バージョン1.0以前(async)=== discordで初のPythonラッパーとして作成されたdiscord.pyは、discord.jsなど他のライブラリに影響を受けている。 なお非同期処理を利用して書かれたこのバージョンは''async''と呼ばれている。 ===バージョン2.0以前(rewrite)=== バージョンを1.0にするに伴って全てのコードの書き直しが行われたため、1.x系は''rewrite''とよばれている。バージョン1.x系で現在も変わらない基本的な構造が構築された。 2021年8月、開発を停止することを発表。理由は「discordの対応や杜撰なインタラクション関連機能に疲弊して」ということだった。その後Pycordやnextcordなどの後発ライブラリが出てきた。<ref>[https://gist.github.com/Rapptz/4a2f62751b9600a31a0d3c78100287f1 The Future of Dpy]</ref><ref>[https://smhn.info/202109-discord-py-fin Discord.pyが開発終了。-すまほん!!]</ref> ===バージョン2.0以降=== 開発者のDanny氏にはどれも満足いかないものだったため、約半年後の2022年5月に開発再開を発表。バージョン2.0が公開され、現在も開発が続いている。<ref>[https://scrapbox.io/discordpy-japan/discord.py開発再開のお知らせ discord.py開発再開のお知らせ]</ref> 現在の最新バージョンは2.1.0。 ==脚注== <references /> [[カテゴリ:ライブラリ]] {{Stub}} {{DEFAULTSORT:ていすこおととつとひいわい}} d930db61f0d22968d574972cba611562a190a20f 10 74 490 375 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki This revision was imported from LiquidThreads with a suppressed user. It has been reassigned to the current user. 0eb25fe53f4e146ddc0b16b14bd40d6069e56c06 0 137 491 351 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.2'''(パイソン3.2)は、[[Python3]]系の2番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} c183fba75bc7f869677fe8e3d747eb357efde53f 0 5 493 338 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2'''(パイソン2)は、Pythonの2番目のメジャーバージョン。このバージョンからPythonの知名度が上がっていった。 ==マイナーバージョン一覧== * [[Python2.0]] * [[Python2.1]] * [[Python2.2]] * [[Python2.3]] * [[Python2.4]] * [[Python2.5]] * [[Python2.6]] * [[Python2.7]] {{Stub}} [[カテゴリ:Pythonのバージョン|2]] [[カテゴリ:Python2|*]] 0ab25a05b06db7ade6e85eee5c7570dc36e3eba1 0 130 494 335 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki #転送 [[if]] 4fd79dd9c8fdc5d8bb222d0c80f6657c1f25e679 10 71 495 364 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki この投稿は{{{author}}}によって{{{date}}}上に移動されました。それを[[{{{title}}}]]で発見できます。 78052547237ca720ebacace011a106dda780c2e7 0 108 496 342 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.4'''は、[[Python2]]系の4番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}} 79944067e005275d3272aeb2f9f94d31602b4559 828 81 497 404 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) 8ce3969f7d53b08bd00dabe4cc9780bc6afd412a 0 145 498 349 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.10'''(パイソン3.10)は、[[Python3]]系の10番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} e2636fad0b6fd45d66dd7b29e9fcfd9924ef7b35 2 114 499 363 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki yaakiyu.jpです。いろんなwikiやってます。 ==自分のやってるwiki一覧== * '''PythonWiki''' * [[mh:mstdn:User:Yaakiyu.jp|マストドン日本語ウィキ]] * [[mh:ysmwiki:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Ysmwiki]] * [[mh:wikidemocracy:User:Yaakiyu.jp|WikiDemocracy]] * [[mh:wikilexicon:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikilexicon]] * [[mh:fivehundred:User:Yaakiyu.jp|小国語辞典的wiki]] * ウィキメディア関連 ** [[wikipedia:ja:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikipedia]] ** [[wikipedia:wikibooks:ja:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikibooks]] ** [[wikipedia:voy:ja:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikivoyage]] ** [[wikipedia:wikisource:ja:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikisource]] ** [[wikipedia:wikidata:User:Yaakiyu.jp|Wikidata]] ==記事作成== ↓記事作れる便利なやつ({{[[template:記事作成]]}}で自分の置きたいところにおける。) {{template:記事作成}} c06682c463fd36ce874c3b2adf6dd7c0f9716561 10 122 500 380 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{Msgbox|title=[[PythonWiki:PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト|PEP記事全翻訳プロジェクト]]|text=この記事はスタイルが規則に従っていません。編集してスタイルを整えましょう。}} 50d5e7b9f1f7ec8017ad2e4adb8e14d3f0658d8a 0 119 501 343 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.5'''(パイソン2.5)は、[[Python2]]系の5番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}} 7b471b496fde9af0e1abac7b37a303101889c17b 0 115 502 333 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''if'''(いふ)とは、Pythonで分岐を示す[[構文]]である。if文と共に[[elif]]や[[else]]が用いられる。 ==コード例== {{load code|example if}} このコードでは、[[input]]を使って入力を受け取った後分岐をしている。入力が<code>ok</code>であれば<code>OK!</code>を[[print]]し、そうでなければ<code>Not OK!</code>を出力する。 ==文法== if文は通常、行頭に書く。コロンを用いて条件文の終了を表し、次の行は[[インデント]]を使って分岐後の内容を書く。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Zyouken: # ここに分岐後の内容 Nanika() hoge = "" print(hoge) </syntaxhighlight> また、インデントを使わずに1行で書くこともできるが、[[PEP/8|PEP8]]では推奨されていない。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Koreha:Minikui </syntaxhighlight> b5508d6cbac9c94c8d552cfcd8c6ec02c76a59bb 0 98 503 337 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.0'''(パイソン2.0)は、[[Python2]]系バージョンの初期バージョン。現在はサポートされていない。[[Python1]]系最後のマイナーバージョンである[[Python1.6]]からの(Python2から[[Python3]]に移行したときほどの)特に巨大な変更はない。 ==変更点== * Unicode 文字列のサポート * 累算代入演算子 <code>x += 1</code> * リスト内包表記 <code>[s**2 for s in range(10)]</code> * 拡張された[[import]]文 <code>import Module as Name</code> * 拡張された[[print構文]] <code>print >> file, "Hello"</code> ==バグ修正リリース== Python2.0には1つのバグ修正リリースが存在する。 * [[/Python2.0.1|Python2.0.1]] ==外部リンク== * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/2.0/ Python 2.0 | Python.org] * [https://docs.python.org/ja/2.7/whatsnew/2.0.html What's nwe in Python 2.0] ==関連項目== * [[Python2]] * [[Python2.1]] df732112ef8047c0887213d3d27f40eacb3b0e94 0 99 504 339 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2.1'''は、[[Python2]]系の1番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} bd1b82d947940ad4fd5ce258ba3a1be5a3a0785d 0 135 505 347 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.0'''(パイソン3.0)は、[[Python3]]系の最初のマイナーバージョン。2008年12月3日にリリースされた。 ==バグ修正リリース== Python3.0には一つのバグ修正リリースが含まれる。 * [[Python3.0.1]] ==外部リンク== * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/3.0/ Python 3.0 Release | Python.org] * [https://docs.python.org/ja/3/whatsnew/3.0.html What's New In Python 3.0 - Python 3 Documents] {{Stub}} 3af6e965b5e31f5efdc974ac4ba2810aa4cef630 0 149 506 332 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''else'''(エルス)とは、条件分岐の中で「~~でないなら」を表す[[構文]]である。 ==コード例== {{load code|example if}} このコードでは、[[input]]を使って入力を受け取った後分岐をしている。入力が<code>ok</code>であれば<code>OK!</code>を[[print]]し、そうでなければ<code>Not OK!</code>を出力する。 df213c6220b0bbc204aa82743a86f543453a73ff 0 129 507 334 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki #転送 [[if]] 4fd79dd9c8fdc5d8bb222d0c80f6657c1f25e679 0 131 508 345 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki Python2.6は、Python2系の6番目のマイナーバージョン。現在はサポートされていない。 {{Stub}} bff6477a5feb482ed76eca04ece5af146b9c1cc2 0 151 509 336 2023-07-22T12:39:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki '''print'''(プリント)は、標準出力やファイルに文字列を出力する[[Python3]]の[[関数]]、もしくは[[Python2]]の[[構文]]。Python2からPython3にかけてprintは構文から関数へと変更された。 [[カテゴリ:関数]] fa255051f22c7461e1a531eb325e6eb9f78e8d19 10 113 510 392 2023-07-22T12:41:01Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki <inputbox> type=create width=40 break={{{1|no}}} buttonlabel={{{2|記事を作成}}} placeholder={{{3|記事の名前を入力}}} </inputbox> 93593763a6b40b4dba7d9c2fd5e98eae2761defb 10 148 511 379 2023-07-22T12:41:01Z 1108-Kiju 7 直前の版へ巻き戻し ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{Author|{{{author|}}}}}}|* '''著者:''' {{{Author|{{{author}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Status|{{{status|}}}}}}|* '''ステータス:''' {{{Status|{{{status}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Type|{{{type|}}}}}}|* '''タイプ:''' {{{Type|{{{type}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Created|{{{created|}}}}}}|* '''作成日時:''' {{{Created|{{{created}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Python-Version|{{{python-version|{{{python|{{{version|}}}}}}}}}}}}|* '''Pythonバージョン:''' {{{Python-Version|{{{python-version|{{{python|{{{version}}}}}}}}}}}}}} {{#if:{{{Post-History|{{{post-history|{{{History|{{{history|}}}}}}}}}}}}|* '''投稿履歴:''' {{{Post-History|{{{post-history|{{{History|{{{history}}}}}}}}}}}}}} 55591ec8c4b7cbf3879747146beae5c52cb3deda 2 152 512 330 2023-07-22T12:41:43Z 1108-Kiju 7 wikitext text/x-wiki 無期限ブロック済み 945495402619fc781a68aeb034a788df483cec17 2 153 513 2023-07-22T12:44:29Z 1108-Kiju 7 著作権侵害へ対処 javascript text/javascript mw.loader.load('//ja.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Infinite0694/Mass RevisionDelete tool/ja.js&action=raw&ctype=text/javascript'); 73a6f28ba4f030da6c38ec440642ca4794d79d6d 516 513 2023-07-22T13:19:06Z 1108-Kiju 7 done javascript text/javascript da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 2 514 483 2023-07-22T13:16:41Z 1108-Kiju 7 「[[メインページ]]」を保護しました: 重要なページ, See talk ([[m:GS|global sysop]] action ([編集=登録利用者にのみ許可] (無期限) [移動=登録利用者にのみ許可] (無期限)) wikitext text/x-wiki ==PythonWiki 日本語版へようこそ== PythonWiki日本語版へようこそ！このwikiでは[[Pythonとは|Python]]に関して日本語で解説しています。現在の記事数は[[Special:Statistics|{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}}]]本です。 編集者は[[PythonWiki:はじめに|こちら]]をご覧ください。 8743796b476bbc5ba2e49ba7a1d3f9be56e1af2b 1 154 515 2023-07-22T13:17:56Z 1108-Kiju 7 半保護しました wikitext text/x-wiki == 半保護しました == ウィキの玄関となる重要なページでありますが、新規/IPユーザーも編集可能になっており、実際に荒らされたため半保護しています。--[[利用者:1108-Kiju|1108-Kiju]] ([[利用者・トーク:1108-Kiju|トーク]]) 2023年7月22日 (土) 22:17 (JST) 3969de68646d3ea1090106aef97f9693af0b1802 519 515 2023-10-16T23:44:16Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 /* 半保護しました */お礼 wikitext text/x-wiki == 半保護しました == ウィキの玄関となる重要なページでありますが、新規/IPユーザーも編集可能になっており、実際に荒らされたため半保護しています。--[[利用者:1108-Kiju|1108-Kiju]] ([[利用者・トーク:1108-Kiju|トーク]]) 2023年7月22日 (土) 22:17 (JST) * すみません、ありがとうございます！(このwikiほぼ放置してました...) --[[利用者:Yaakiyu.jp|Yaakiyu.jp]] ([[利用者・トーク:Yaakiyu.jp|トーク]]) 2023年10月17日 (火) 08:44 (JST) 9bfb7afb9f60e862cfcb34f4bad0d733c0293bb5 0 103 517 462 2023-10-16T23:27:54Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3'''は、[[Python2]]に続くPython3つ目のメジャーバージョン。移行の際に大幅な書き換えが行われ、[[print]]構文の関数化など、様々な変更が行われた。現在も開発が続けられている。最新のマイナーバージョンは[[Python3.11]]。 == マイナーバージョン == Python3には現在12のマイナーバージョンが存在する([[Python3.0]]を除く)。[[Python3.13]]は現在アルファテスト中。 * [[Python3.1]] * [[Python3.2]] * [[Python3.3]] * [[Python3.4]] * [[Python3.5]] * [[Python3.6]] * [[Python3.7]] * [[Python3.8]] * [[Python3.9]] * [[Python3.10]] * [[Python3.11]] * [[Python3.12]] 6bbb63d7509acfafd504b4c6f30df5c12b73e32d 0 115 518 502 2023-10-16T23:36:06Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 /* 文法 */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''if'''(いふ)とは、Pythonで分岐を示す[[構文]]である。if文と共に[[elif]]や[[else]]が用いられる。 ==コード例== {{load code|example if}} このコードでは、[[input]]を使って入力を受け取った後分岐をしている。入力が<code>ok</code>であれば<code>OK!</code>を[[print]]し、そうでなければ<code>Not OK!</code>を出力する。 ==文法== if文は通常、行頭に書く。コロンを用いて条件文の終了を表し、次の行は[[インデント]]を使って分岐後の内容を書く。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Zyouken: # ここに分岐後の内容 Nanika() hoge = "" print(hoge) </syntaxhighlight> また、インデントを使わずに1行で書くこともできるが、else文が使えず、[[PEP/8|PEP8]]では推奨されていない。 <syntaxhighlight lang="python"> if Koreha:Minikui </syntaxhighlight> ==関連項目== * [[三項演算子]] * [[or]] - if文のような使い方もできる。 479bae16f8c03387fd4f1638579b72a22fef5ecb 0 105 520 478 2023-10-18T01:17:26Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 バージョン更新 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python'''は、[[グイド・ヴァン・ロッサム]]によって開発されたインタプリタ言語である。現在の最新バージョンは[[Python3.12|3.12]]。 {{Stub}} b84e5e74e9651d98e66551fd9263e98070cb0b02 0 155 521 2023-10-19T02:23:11Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python3.12'''(パイソン3.12)は、[[Python3]]系の12番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.12'''(パイソン3.12)は、[[Python3]]系の12番目のマイナーバージョン。 {{Stub}} 18994f7f7d40b32bd49858f2043bfa49c4306f52 3000 4 522 421 2023-10-19T02:25:27Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 /* Pythonの実装 */ wikitext text/x-wiki ここではPythonWikiにおいて作成されるべきだがまだ存在しない項目の一覧が掲載されています。作成したい記事のリンクを押して作成してください。なおこのリストは手動で管理されているため、すでに作成されているのにこのリストにまだある記事を見かけた場合は編集して除去してください。 なお、このリストにあるものが全てではありません。各自で作成したい記事があるときにはこの一覧になくても構いません。 また、作成はされたが内容が足りず、強化を図るべきだという記事は[[PythonWiki:現在の強化記事]]や[[カテゴリ:スタブ]]に載っていますのでこちらをご覧ください。目標は1記事3000バイトです。(記事作成の最低バイト数条件はありませんが、500バイトを目安にしてください。) ==Pythonバージョン== * [[Python3]] ** [[Python3.0]] ** [[Python3.1]] ** [[Python3.2]] ** [[Python3.3]] ** [[Python3.4]] ** [[Python3.5]] ** [[Python3.6]] ** [[Python3.7]] ** [[Python3.8]] ** [[Python3.9]] ** [[Python3.10]] ** [[Python3.11]] ==構文と関数、定数== * [[構文]] ** [[if]] ** [[else]] ** [[for]] ** [[while]] ** [[break]] ** [[continue]] ** [[del]] ** [[raise]] * [[組み込み関数]] ** [[print]] ** [[input]] ** [[max]] ** [[min]] * [[組み込み定数]] ==Pythonの実装== * [[CPython]] * [[Cython]] * [[Jython]] * [[PyPy]] ==PEP== * [[PEP]] ** [[PEP/1]] ** [[PEP/2]] ** [[PEP/3]] ** [[PEP/4]] ** [[PEP/5]] ** [[PEP/6]] ** [[PEP/7]] ** [[PEP/8]] [[カテゴリ:プロジェクト関連文書]] {{DEFAULTSORT:さくせいすへきこうもくのいちらん}} 400e574d401d42b62f00df5fd7e06fc12486ca9c 0 135 523 505 2023-10-19T02:32:31Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python3.0'''(パイソン3.0)は、[[Python3]]系の最初のバージョン。2008年12月3日にリリースされた。 ==バグ修正リリース== Python3.0には一つのバグ修正リリースが含まれる。 * [[Python3.0.1]] ==外部リンク== * [https://www.python.org/download/releases/3.0/ Python 3.0 Release | Python.org] * [https://docs.python.org/ja/3/whatsnew/3.0.html What's New In Python 3.0 - Python 3 Documents] {{Stub}} 59512f585395f5b6f83a5a419a95fd6602745dff 0 156 524 2023-10-19T02:49:56Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 ページの作成:「'''Python1'''は、Pythonの１つ目の正式なメジャーバージョン。あまりに古いバージョンのため、あまり情報が残っていない。 ==特徴== Python1.x系では、現在のPythonと異なり[[if]]文の中の等価比較が''=''1つでできた。 ==マイナーバージョン一覧== * [[Python1.0]] * [[Python1.1]] * [[Python1.2]] * [[Python1.3]] * [[Python1.4]] * [[Python1.5]] * [[Python1.6]] {{Stub}}」 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python1'''は、Pythonの１つ目の正式なメジャーバージョン。あまりに古いバージョンのため、あまり情報が残っていない。 ==特徴== Python1.x系では、現在のPythonと異なり[[if]]文の中の等価比較が''=''1つでできた。 ==マイナーバージョン一覧== * [[Python1.0]] * [[Python1.1]] * [[Python1.2]] * [[Python1.3]] * [[Python1.4]] * [[Python1.5]] * [[Python1.6]] {{Stub}} 06b0abcea19029830c91f71360f1936ad5805891 0 5 525 493 2023-10-19T02:51:47Z Yaakiyu.jp 1 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Python2'''(パイソン2)は、[[Python1]]に続くPythonの2番目のメジャーバージョン。このバージョンからPythonの知名度が上がっていった。 ==マイナーバージョン一覧== * [[Python2.0]] * [[Python2.1]] * [[Python2.2]] * [[Python2.3]] * [[Python2.4]] * [[Python2.5]] * [[Python2.6]] * [[Python2.7]] {{Stub}} [[カテゴリ:Pythonのバージョン|2]] [[カテゴリ:Python2|*]] 74897c03a0976f14e8034bc0ce4d07d74c63fbe8